Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Apparel - Retail / Foot Locker

Foot Locker

fl · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker fl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Apparel - Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Foot Locker
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
I N S P I R E   &   E M P OW E R

2 0 2 0
A N N U A L

R E P O R T

A B O U T   T H E   C O M PA N Y

Foot Locker, Inc. leads the celebration of sneaker and youth 

apps, the Company’s purpose is to inspire and empower youth 

culture around the globe through a portfolio of brands including 

culture around the world, by fueling a shared passion for self-

Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Champs Sports, 

expression and creating unrivaled experiences at the heart of the 

Eastbay, Footaction, and Sidestep. With approximately 3,000 

global sneaker community. Foot Locker, Inc. has its corporate 

retail stores in 27 countries across North America, Europe, Asia, 

headquarters in New York. For additional information please visit 

Australia, and New Zealand as well as websites and mobile 

https://www.footlocker-inc.com.

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S*

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020

Sales** _______________________________________________  $ 7,766  

$ 7,687  

 $ 7,939 

$ 8,005 

 $ 7,548

Sales per Gross Square Foot ______________________________  $  515  

$  495  

$  504 

$  510 

 $  417

  Earnings Before Interest and Taxes** _____________________  $ 1,012  

$  762  

 $  741  

$  722 

 $  428

  EBIT Margin  _________________________________________ 

 13.0% 

   9.9% 

  9.3% 

  9.0% 

  5.7%

  Net Income**  ________________________________________ 

 $  652  

 $  510  

 $  547 

$  538 

 $  296

  Net Income Margin ____________________________________ 

  8.4% 

   6.6% 

  6.9% 

  6.7% 

  3.9%

  Diluted EPS from Continuing Operations  __________________  $  4.82  

 $  3.99  

 $  4.71 

$  4.93 

 $  2.81

  Return on Invested Capital ______________________________ 

 15.1% 

  11.0% 

 12.0% 

 12.5% 

  8.6%

Cash and Cash Equivalents Position, Net of Debt** ____________  $  919 

$  724  

$  767 

$  785 

 $ 1,570

* Results in this table and throughout pages 1 through 13 refer to non-GAAP, adjusted figures, on a 52-week basis. 
  See pages 19-21 of Form 10-K for the reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP adjusted results. 

** In Millions

TA B L E   O F   C O N T E N T S

1 
Financial Highlights _____________________________ 
Letter to Shareholders ___________________________ 
2
Elevate the Customer Experience  __________________ 
5
Invest for Long-Term Growth ______________________ 
8
Drive Productivity _______________________________ 
9
Leverage the Power of Our People  _________________  12

Social Responsibility _____________________________  13
Form 10-K _____________________________________  14
Board of Directors, Executive Leadership,  
Corporate Leadership, Divisional Leadership,  
Corporate Information ___________________________ IBC

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. Other than statements of historical facts, all statements 
which address activities, events, or developments that the Company anticipates will or may occur in the future, including, but not limited to, such things as future 
capital  expenditures,  expansion,  strategic  plans,  financial  objectives,  dividend  payments,  stock  repurchases,  the  continuing  effects  of  each  of  the  coronavirus 
pandemic (COVID-19) and social unrest on our financial results, growth of the Company’s business and operations, including future cash flows, revenues, earnings, 
and other such matters, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on many assumptions and factors which are detailed in the 
Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

These forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and judgments and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which 
are unforeseeable and beyond our control. For additional discussion on risks and uncertainties that may affect forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” 
disclosed  in  the  2020  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Any  changes  in  such  assumptions  or  factors  could  produce  significantly  different  results.  The  Company 
undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. 

1

 
 
 
OUR PURPOSE:    To inspire and empower youth culture

OUR MISSION:      To fuel a shared passion for self-expression

OUR VISION:         To create unrivaled lifestyle experiences for our customers

OUR POSITION:    To be at the heart of the sport and sneaker communities

Dear Fellow Shareholders: 

Responding with Resiliency and Agility 

On March 13, 2020 I packed my bags 
to go home for the weekend. Little did 
I know that those couple of days would 
quickly turn into an all-hands-on-deck 
endeavor to steer our company through 
one of the biggest global crises the 
world has ever seen. Now, roughly one 
year later, I, along with so many of our 
team members, still have not returned to 
our New York City office. When we look 
back on 2020 and try to describe it, there 
are many words that would be fitting – 
unprecedented, surreal, exhausting, lost, 
chaotic – to name a few. However, the 
word I would choose is energizing. 

While 2020 presented us with a set of 
unique challenges, it was an energizing 
year because of our ability to bounce 
back, rally together as an organization, 
and thrive. We were bruised, but not 
broken. As we close out this historic 
period and turn the page into fiscal 2021, 
this letter will focus on the efforts that 
made us stronger as a company, efforts 
that enabled us to turn losses in some 
areas into gains in others, and achieve 
success beyond what any of us may have 
imagined last March. 

Looking ahead, COVID remains a sober-
ing reality and with that comes uncer-
tainty. However, 2020 wasn’t just about 
COVID. The fight for racial equality and 
experiences of social unrest are likely 
to have a lasting effect. As a diverse and 
inclusive company, these are issues 
we take with profound seriousness.  
However, the flip of the calendar has 
ushered in a justified optimism and 
degree of hope. And I’m confident 
that our insights and achieve-
ments in 2020 will now guide 
us into the future as a smarter 
and more agile company, as 
we unlock new and exciting 
ways to inspire and empower 
youth culture. 

Pre-COVID, we already knew our cus-
tomer was evolving fast and that digital 
transformation and connectivity were the 
driving forces behind it, but COVID accel-
erated the rate of that change. The swift 
and unforeseen shock of the pandemic 
put immense pressure on our business, 
Q1 in particular. But our company was 
resilient. Our strong balance sheet and 
best-in-class engagement with our 
employees allowed us to overcome the 
challenges at the onset of the pandemic 
with resolve and agility as we quickly 
adapted our business first to weather 
the storm, and then to succeed in the 
new environment.

Our strong balance sheet and 

best-in-class engagement with 

our employees allowed us to 

overcome the challenges of 

2020 with resolve and agility.

All the while, we followed recommended 
guidelines from the United States Center 
for Disease Control and Prevention and 
state and federal governments around 
the globe, ensuring the safety of our 
employees, customers, and stores.

Looking at 2020 through the 
lens of our four strategic 
imperatives, I’m pleased 
to say we continued to 
make progress despite 
the difficult backdrop. But 
the one imperative that 

proved truly exemplary 
this year was Lever-
age the Power of Our 
People. Whether 
it was our store 
teams adeptly 
tackling the huge 
lift of closing and 
reopening our 
large store fleet 
retrofitted for 

PPE and social distancing protocols, 
or our corporate employees quickly 
adjusting to function at a high level in 
the new work-from-home environment, 
we demonstrated what can be achieved 
in the face of adversity when our people, 
around the world and across the entire 
organization, band together and perform 
as one team. And through all the disrup-
tion, we supported our team members, 
keeping them on the payroll for weeks 
longer than many companies, and only 
furloughing when it became necessary 
versus laying off. This benefited us when 
we started to reopen stores, as we  
found our team members eager to  
return to work.  

Accelerated digital transformation 
was prevalent in 2020, as consumers 
aggressively shifted their buying patterns 
online to remain socially distant during 
the pandemic. This is where the technol-
ogy investments we made over the last 
several years truly paid off. We processed 
significantly higher digital order volumes, 
while maintaining smooth and engaging 
shopping experiences across all our digi-
tal platforms and rewarding our custom-
ers through our young, but rapidly grow-
ing loyalty program, FLX. Similarly, the 
initial rollout of our new websites across 
Europe, and implementation of several 
new payment options around the globe, 
such as Klarna and Afterpay, allowed us 
to successfully meet the changing needs 
of our customers.

All the while, global competition contin-
ued to increase, and the bar for con-
sumer expectations has been set even 
higher. To ensure our success going 
forward, we know we must stay ahead of 
the curve in sneaker culture and remain 
deeply connected to youth culture. As 
such, we established a new organiza-
tional structure in 2020 to sharpen our 
consumer-focused offense. We firmly 
believe that strengthening our consumer 
connectivity will differentiate us in the 
marketplace and better position us to 
meet the opportunities and challenges 
we see coming ahead.

2

  Sales (billions) 

$ 7.8  

 $ 7.7  

 $ 7.9 

$8.0  

$7.5

Sales

Mid-Single Digit CAGR

2016 

2017 

2018  

2019 

2020

2019-2023 LONG-TERM OBJECTIVES

  Sales per Gross Square Foot 

$515  

 $495  

 $504  

 $510 

$417 

  Adjusted EBIT Margin 

  Adjusted Net Income Margin 

13.0% 

8.4% 

9.9% 

6.6% 

9.3% 

6.9% 

9.0% 

6.7% 

  Return on Invested Capital 

15.1% 

11.0% 

12.0% 

12.5% 

5.7%

3.9%

8.6%

Highlights of our 2020 Financial Results

Total sales decreased to $7.5 billion, 
reflecting a full-year comparable-store 
sales decrease of 5.9 percent, largely 
due to the disruption beginning in Q1. 
However, following Q1, we saw a sharp 
rebound in sales through Q2 and the 
back-to-school season, as one thing 
COVID could not infect was the health of 
the sneaker category, where the cul-
ture of basketball remained prevalent 
across genders, borders, and brands 
(led by Nike and Jordan, but bolstered by 
offerings from Puma, Reebok, and New 
Balance). This helped to drive strong 
performances across men’s, women’s, 
and kids’ footwear for the better part of 
the year. Additionally, we saw apparel 
results strengthen as 
consumers fully 
embraced the 
stay-at-home 
comfort trend. 
While Q4 was 
impacted by 
COVID-man-
dated store 
closures and 
inventory delays at U.S. 
ports, a robust product pipeline and 
strong footwear trends are setting us up 
for momentum into 2021.

Even with the setback of a tough Q1, 
several of our banners posted full-year 
comp gains. Foot Locker Pacific led the 
way with a double-digit gain, followed 
by Footaction (up mid-single digits), and 
Kids Foot Locker (up low-single digits). 
Our digital business had an exceptional 
year, generating sales growth of 64% to 
over $2 billion, and representing a record 
28% of our total sales. 

Earnings on an adjusted basis fell to 
$2.81 per share. While a meaningful 
decline from last year, it largely reflects 
the pressure on our merchandise mar-
gins, as we used promotions to strategi-
cally manage inventory through the pan-
demic and effectively clear aged goods. 
As a result, we entered fiscal 2021 with 
clean inventories and we should begin to 
see receipt flows gradually normalize as 
we move through the year. 

We invested $159 million into the busi-
ness in 2020, which was lower than our 
plan coming into the year as we exer-
cised strong fiscal discipline since the 
onset of the pandemic.

2020 was also a strong first year for FLX, 
as our loyalty program gained meaning-
ful traction, surpassing 17 million mem-
bers globally. Engagement is encour-
aging as well, with members spending 
more on average than non-members and 
generating a higher number of average 
orders per customer. 

While COVID impacted store traffic, it 
didn’t prevent us from opening exciting 
new Power Stores, including locations in 
Compton, California, and Vancouver, 

Canada. We also took Foot 
Locker to exciting new 

markets, opening our 
first stores in Macau 
and South Korea. We 
recognize the passion 
for sneaker culture that 

exists in these markets 
and our stores offer a premium 

expression of our retail experience, 
including exclusive product, custom 
store artwork, and activation spaces 
that will host community events for the 
sneaker-obsessed as the world finds its 
new normal. 

Rebuilding our Approach to Capital 
Allocation

Foot Locker, Inc.’s balance sheet 
remains our strong foundation. Our quick 
and diligent efforts to preserve cash 
provided adequate liquidity to success-
fully navigate the most challenging 
period of the crisis. As a result, we were 
able to quickly repay the draw down on 
our credit facility, we renegotiated a new 
revolver (extended to 2025 and expanded 
to $600 million), and we exited fiscal 
2020 with nearly $1.7 billion in cash and 
minimal debt – the strongest financial 
position in our history.

Despite the headwind to sales and mar-
gins, we nonetheless delivered healthy 
profitability in 2020, which, combined 
with a lower level of capital expenditures, 
allowed us to generate almost $900 

Sales Per  
Square Foot

$525 - $575 

Earnings Before 
Interest and Taxes 
Margin

Low Double-Digits 

Net Income Margin

High-Single Digit

Return On  
Invested Capital

Mid-Teens 

Inventory Turnover

3-4 Times

million of free cash flow. Shareholder 
returns were prudently suspended 
during the early months of the pan-
demic, but in August 2020 our Board of 
Directors reinstated the dividend at a 
cautiously appropriate rate of 15 cents 
per share, and we also returned to the 
market to opportunistically repurchase 
shares, albeit at a modest pace.  
Our Board recently raised the dividend 
to 20 cents per share, underscoring the 
health of our financial position.

In the coming year, we will continue 
to invest our capital in areas that we 
expect to drive long-term improvement 
in our performance metrics, including 
investing in digital capabilities and data 
analytics, opening new community-based 
Power Stores, elevating core stores, and 
expanding our supply chain capabilities. 
Additionally, we will continually seek to 
return capital to shareholders in 2021, 
but also continue to exercise fiscal dis-
cipline and maintain flexibility to guard 
against the lingering unknowns.

Taking the LEED: Deepening Our CSR 
Programming Commitments

COVID captured most of the headlines 
in 2020, but we can’t ignore the impact 
social unrest had on our society last year 
and the call to action it spurred across 
the country and within our company. 
Our youth culture customers are keenly 
focused on the issues of social action, 
responsibility, and sustainability. As an 
organization deeply connected to that 
consumer, we must lead with a com-
mitment to reshaping the future for the 
better. We are doing just that, and I’m 
proud to share some of the initiatives and 
campaigns that highlight those efforts, 
which include: 

•  Committing to investing $200 million 
over the next five years to support 
our Black workforce and communi-
ties through our Leading in Edu-
cation and Economic Development 
(LEED) initiative. 

3

 
 
 
$7.8 $7.7

$7.9 $8.0

$7.5

$7.4

$7.2

$6.5

$6.1

$5.6

$4.82

 $4.29 

 $4.71 

 $4.93

 $3.99 

 $3.58 

 $2.87 

 $2.81

 $2.47 

 $1.82 

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

TOTAL SALES (IN BILLIONS)

EARNINGS PER SHARE

•  Participating in the Carbon Disclo-
sure Project platform, including 
improving our global emissions 
profile in fiscal 2020.

•  Expanding on our Diversity, Inclusion, 
and Belonging Strategy to enable 
a workplace culture in which team 
members feel uniquely valued and 
engaged, and are inspired to achieve 
their full potential.

•  Preparing our inaugural Impact Report 
for fiscal year 19-20 (which provides 
in-depth coverage of these topics).

Sustainability is not a separate man-
date for our business; it is embedded in 
our ability to achieve our four strategic 
imperatives. By aligning these strategic 
objectives with our sustainability ambition, 
we’re looking at all aspects of our work-
force, operations, products, and partners 
to identify opportunities for continuous 
improvement and innovation which will 
enable Foot Locker to positively contribute 
to the changing future of the world.

Looking to fiscal 2021 and beyond, we 
are fully committed to building on our 
progress and strengthening our vision for 
a more sustainable world as we take new 
steps on this long and purposeful journey.

Conclusion

I want to sincerely thank every team 
member at Foot Locker, Inc. for their 
commitment to the business through this 
remarkable year. Without their energy, 
agility, focus, and creativity we could not 
have overcome the many obstacles we 
encountered in 2020. We turned chal-
lenges into opportunities as we were 
acutely reminded of the passion our 
customer has for this category - and 
we are now more prepared than ever 
to deliver to our consumers the great 
experiences we’re known for, no matter 
how they choose to engage with us. Our 
success doesn’t happen in a vacuum. It 
takes a team of outstanding and innova-

tive partners. These include our world-
class vendors, landlords, and many other 
important suppliers. We thank you for 
your partnership and look forward to 
deeper collaborations together to achieve 
our collective objectives.

We are also very grateful to our Board of 
Directors, whose guidance and ongoing 
support was invaluable as we navigated 
the pandemic. Finally, I want to thank all 
of our shareholders. We appreciate your 
investment and the support you have 
shown the Company. I look forward to 
engaging with you in 2021.

I am immensely proud of what we accom-
plished in 2020, but it’s only the begin-
ning of a new chapter for Foot Locker, 
Inc. I am energized and looking forward 
with renewed purpose as we continue to 
advance our long-term strategies and 
build value for all our stakeholders. The 
insights coming through this unique 
period – from the power of our enhanced 
digital capabilities, the strength of our 
relationships with our vendor partners, 
the depth of our connections with our 
consumers, and the exceptional resilience 
of our global team – will have a lasting 
positive effect as we continue to evolve  
our business.

COVID-19 Impact

Beginning on March 17, 2020, we began 
temporarily closing all of our stores 
across all of our brands and began a 
phased reopening in late April 2020. As 
this was happening, we implemented a 
variety of actions to address the sudden 
reduction in sales, including reducing 
executive salaries for General Managers 
and above (including a 40% reduction for 
the CEO) from May through August and 
the Board of Directors suspended the 
cash elements of their compensation 
during this period.

In response to the temporary 
store closures and other business 
disruptions resulting from COVID-19, 
we implemented an employee furlough 
program, primarily for a majority of our 
store employees in the United States 
and Canada. We began bringing back 
furloughed employees when operations 
could safely and responsibly resume in 
accordance with national, state, and local 
guidance related to the then-evolving 
pandemic. Furloughed employees 
continued to receive health and other 
benefits in accordance with the terms 
of the respective plans, and, subject to 
local regulations, were also eligible for 
unemployment benefits.

To increase our cash position and provide 
additional flexibility, we also temporarily 
suspended our share repurchase 
program, reduced capital expenditures 
by 50%, and suspended our quarterly 
dividend program. We also borrowed 
$330 million under our revolving credit 
facility, which we fully repaid shortly 
thereafter. In July 2020, the Company 
amended its credit facility and increased 
it to $600 million with a 5-year maturity. 

Richard A. Johnson
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

4

E L E V A T E   T H E 
C U S T O M E R   
E X P E R I E N C E

We strive to create unrivaled lifestyle 
experiences that connect and celebrate 
sneaker culture

A core focus of our strategic plan is to create elevated experiences for our customers 
that are both seamless to their lifestyle and build authentic emotional connections with them.

Despite the challenges of COVID, we strengthened customer connections in 2020.

  Through our consumer concept offense, we 
delivered exciting, exclusive programs that 
celebrated the culture of basketball via Nike’s iconic 
silhouettes, as well as new initiatives from Puma 
and Reebok.

  We elevated our storytelling across all product 
areas and broadened our assortment to reflect 
compelling new offerings from Ugg, Timberland, 
Birkenstock, and Crocs. We also launched our 
own Hypebae collection to add dimension to our 
women’s business and established relationships 
with influencers and creators to help build 
exclusive assortments.

  We opened new Power Stores around the world, 

including Compton, Vancouver, Paris, and Macau.  
We also opened our first three Foot Locker stores 
in South Korea, including a Power Store in Hongdae 
and a high-profile store in Myeongdong. The latter 
is located in M-Plaza, the premier shopping area in 
South Korea. 

  We further developed our omnichannel experience 

by activating a “shop my store” feature on our 
websites, making it easier for our customers to find 
products that they can pick up in nearby stores, 
strengthening the physical-digital connection that 
we know our customers expect.

  FLX’s inaugural year was a success, as we 

expanded the program across Europe and grew 
total membership to over 17 million globally. 
Members are engaged with the 
program, shopping more 
frequently and spending more, 
and FLX is also proving 
effective at acquiring  
new customers.

5

6

MACAU

COM PTON

ME LROSE

S E OUL

SINGAPOR E

7

Our investments are focused on ensuring that we  
can deliver on our customers’ expectations – we invested 
$159 million into the business in 2020

I N V E S T   F O R 
L O N G - T E R M 
G R O W T H 

We are strategically investing in opportunities that drive connections  
with our customers and give us access to new capabilities, business segments, and regions. 

In 2020, our progress included the following actions: 

  Even against the backdrop of COVID, we remodeled 
and relocated 82 stores, elevating the customer 
experience with more premium brand presentations 
and improved storytelling.

  We continued to invest in and support our digital 

business, offering a variety of new digital payment 
options, including Klarna, Apple Pay, and Google Pay, 
adding convenience and flexibility to the checkout 
experience. 

  We continued to invest in new 
ideas through our Greenhouse 
incubator and our homegrown 
initiatives, which created 
energy and provided a 
platform and exposure to 
the next generation 
of creators. 

  We established a new North America operating 
structure that created four distinct regions, 
each with its own “Geo” 
leader and customer 
experience team. 
This allows us to 
put a hyper local 
lens on underserved 
markets by customizing 
our outreach to individual neighborhoods.  
The concept is also being tested in EMEA.

              We signed two new joint ventures with  

    the Fox Group to expand our presence in  

  Europe. The joint ventures will open and    

operate stores in certain European countries 
– the first one for Foot Locker stores and 

the second one for Nike stores. 

8

 
D R I V E 
P R O D U C T I V I T Y

We are committed to continually  
improving our operating efficiency

At the same time as we focus on elevating the customer experience and investing for long-term growth,  
driving higher productivity is key to delivering on our long-term objectives. 

This past year, in order to become more productive:

  We continued to drive increased efficiency in our digital 
marketing and media efforts, increasing automation 
and machine learning, personalization, and triggered 
messaging to drive improved return on spend through 
enhanced audience targeting and relevancy.

  We opened a U.K.-based 3PL facility to better serve 
customers and stores in the U.K., which proved 
extremely valuable during the period when stores were 
closed in December and January due to COVID. 

  We continued to upgrade our Point-of-Sale systems, 
including adding support for more countries and 
languages, and activating contactless payment options 
on handheld POS devices in many of our stores. This 
not only helped us maintain social distancing and keep 
register queues down during the holiday season but  
it also added speed and convenience for customers 
and team members. 

  We launched a pilot drop ship program with Nike to 

activate additional inventory on our sites 
that is not held in our stores 
or distribution centers. 
While only in its infancy, the 
program aims to provide 
more of the right product 
at the right time to better 
satisfy customer demand 
and shorten  
lead times. 

  We completed the shut 
down of the Runners 
Point business in 
Europe, closing the 
remaining stores and 
consolidating the digital 
team into our other 
European operations.

9

$443 $460

$406

$515

$490 $504

$495 $504 $510

$417

15.0%

15.8%

15.1%

14.2% 14.1%

11.8%

12.0%12.5%

11.0%

8.6%

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

SALES PER SQUARE FOOT

RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL

10

11

Our people drive the business forward… 
their relentless dedication enables our success

We are committed to providing a rewarding employment experience  
for our team members around the world and developing a strong pipeline of talent.

Examples of our work to leverage the power of our people in 2020 include:

  We successfully pivoted our corporate teams to 
effectively work-from-home, leveraging video 
conferencing and collaboration tools. Employee 
engagement increased even during the challenges  
of operating in a global pandemic.

  We leveraged the power of our store 
teams to quickly take on the huge lift 
of closing and reopening our large 
store fleet, retrofitted for PPE and 
social distancing protocols.

  We continued to support  
key talent through online 
learning programs, 
including the 
Fundamentals of 
Leadership course 
from the Harvard 
Business School.

   We successfully integrated the Champs Sports and 

Eastbay organizations, making significant progress in 
our buying and planning organizations.

  We expanded our Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) 

to connect Foot Locker, Inc. team members 

across our company worldwide, create visibility, 
and foster an inclusive environment for all. 
ERGs such as Blacks United In Leadership 
& Development (B.U.I.L.D.), Asian Resource 
Coalition (ARC), and The Latinx Empowerment 
Network in Sneakers (TENIS) are committed 
to providing a powerful platform and are 
founded by the interest and passion of our 
team members.

12

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Cras tincidunt pellentesque nunc ut frin-
A global pandemic and social unrest in the United States came together to change how we work 
gilla. In ac pretium dolor. Vivamus eu viverra quam. Proin id massa nec massa varius tincidunt. 
and live, spotlight social injustice and inequality, and spark a dialogue 
on how we move forward to create a more equitable society.

Social responsibility and community are at 
the core of who we are. From hyper-local 
connectivity with our community-based 
Power Stores to major programs that aim 
to empower and uplift, we have always 
been committed to enriching the lives of 
our team members and those who live 
in the communities we serve globally. 
In 2020, we built on this commitment by 
introducing three major initiatives. 

In June, we committed $200 million 
over the next five years towards enhanc-
ing the lives of our team members and 
our customers in the Black commu-
nity through our Lead in Education and 
Economic Development (LEED) initiative. 
Over several months, we at Foot Locker, 
Inc. have made strategic shifts to re-align 
how we work, buy and partner with Black 
creators, businesses, and organizations. 
This includes investments in Black-man-
aged venture capital firms, expanded 
scholarship programs, new internship 
opportunities, and partnerships with more 
than 30 new Black brands and creators 
for in-store collaborations in 2021. And 
this is only the beginning.

Building on our efforts to empower com-
munities, in September we announced  
a partnership with Rock the Vote, which 

transformed more than 2,000 Foot Locker, 
Kids Foot Locker, Champs Sports, and 
Footaction retail locations into voting 
registration hubs. Our goal was to amplify 
youth voices in our democracy. 

And with many of our communities deeply 
impacted by the continued economic 
issues of COVID-19, we committed 
to donating more than $1.5 million in 
footwear to youth communities most 
affected by the pandemic. Working with 
Soles4Souls as the anchor partner of the 
program, we were able to provide nearly 
20,000 pairs of shoes to kids across the 
United States and around the world. 

These initiatives build on our existing 
commitments to empowering youth 
culture. The Foot Locker Foundation, 
which launched the Foot Locker Scholar 
Athletes Program in 2011, awards $20,000 
college scholarships annually to 20 excep-
tional student athletes who demonstrate 
excellence in sports and in the classroom, 
as well as display strong leadership quali-
ties within their communities. 

As our commitments evolve to address the 
challenges of today, the pandemic pushed 
us to think differently about how we raise 
funds to support programs.  

We transformed our annual “On Our 
Feet” gala into a new, first-of-its-kind 
fundraising event. “Hooping for a Brighter 
Future,” which called upon some of the 
world’s best basketball players and fans 
to take one shot and raise funds for 
scholars nationwide. Together, we were 
able to raise approximately $800,000 
in support of the Foot Locker Scholar 
Athletes Program as well as the United 
Negro College Fund. In addition, we sup-
port our internal talent through the Foot 
Locker Associate Scholarship Program, 
which was launched in 2012. Through 
these programs, we have donated over 
$10 million since 2004 toward the edu-
cation of some of America’s brightest 
leaders of tomorrow. 

We continue to volunteer significant time 
and resources to our other partners and 
donate to many other important causes 
around the world. These charitable orga-
nizations include Boys and Girls Clubs of 
America, Two Ten Footwear Foundation, 
the American Red Cross, the Pluryn Foun-
dation (The Netherlands), Make a Wish 
(Europe), Brisbane Youth Services (Austra-
lia), and the Special Olympics (Canada).

913

1 0 - K

14

c 

(Mark One) 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K  

☒	 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 

OR 

☐	

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                   to                   

Commission File No. 1-10299 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

New York 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 
330 West 34th Street, New York, New York 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

13-3513936 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

10001 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 720-3700 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

Trading 
Symbol(s) 
FL 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   x   No   ¨ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   ¨   No   x 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the 
past 90 days. Yes x   No   ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation 
S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer x 
Emerging growth company ☐	

Accelerated filer ¨ 

Non-accelerated filer ¨ 

Smaller reporting company ☐	

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report.	☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒	

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of March 22, 2021: 
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the closing price as of 
the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, July 31, 2020 was approximately: 

103,278,201 

$1,727,775,209* 

*    For purposes of this calculation only (a) all non-employee directors plus six executive officers and owners of five percent or more of the registrant are deemed 
to be affiliates of the registrant and (b) shares deemed to be “held” by such persons include only outstanding shares of the registrant’s voting stock with respect 
to which such persons had, on such date, voting or investment power. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on 
May 19, 2021: Parts III and IV. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 
Item 4A. 

PART II 

  Business 
  Risk Factors 
  Unresolved Staff Comments 
  Properties 
  Legal Proceedings 
  Mine Safety Disclosures 
  Information about our Executive Officers  

Item 5. 

Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

  Selected Financial Data 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
  Controls and Procedures 
  Other Information 

PART III     

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
  Executive Compensation 

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV     

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
  Form 10-K Summary 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

SIGNATURES  

1 
3 
13 
13 
13 
14 
14 

15 
17 
18 
33 
33 
73 
73 
75 

75 
75 

75 
75 
75 

76 
76 

77 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) includes “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they 
do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” 
“estimates,”  “intends,”  “plans,”  “seeks,”  “continues,”  “feels,”  “forecasts,”  or  words  of  similar  meaning,  or  future  or 
conditional verbs, such as “will,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “aims,” “intends,” or “projects.” These statements include 
statements relating to trends in or expectations relating to the expected effects of our initiatives, strategies and plans, 
as well as trends in or expectations regarding our financial results and long-term growth model and drivers, tax rates, 
business  opportunities  and  expansion,  strategic  acquisitions  or  investments,  expenses,  dividends,  share 
repurchases, and our mitigation strategies, liquidity, cash flow from operations, use of cash and cash requirements, 
investments, borrowing capacity and use of proceeds, repatriation of cash to the U.S., and the continuing effects of  
each  of  the  coronavirus  pandemic  (COVID-19)  and  social  unrest  on  our  financial  results.  A  forward-looking 
statement  is  neither  a  prediction  nor  a  guarantee  of  future  events  or  circumstances,  and  those  future  events  or 
circumstances may not occur. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak to 
our views only as of the date of this Annual Report. These forward-looking statements are all based on currently 
available operating, financial, and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties, many 
of which are unforeseeable and beyond our control, such as the developing situation, and uncertainty caused by and, 
related to the COVID-19 pandemic and social unrest. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not presently 
know about or that we currently consider to be insignificant may also affect our business operations and financial 
performance. 

Our actual future results and trends may differ materially depending on a variety of factors, including, but not limited 
to,  the  risks  and  uncertainties  discussed  under  “Risk  Factors”  and  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not rely on forward-
looking statements as a prediction of actual results. Any or all of the forward-looking statements contained in this 
Annual Report or any other public statement made by us, including by our management, may turn out to be incorrect. 
We are including this cautionary note to make applicable and take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for forward-looking statements. We expressly disclaim any obligation 
to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1. Business 

General 

Foot Locker, Inc., incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1989, is a leading global retailer. Foot Locker, 
Inc. leads the celebration of sneaker and youth culture around the globe through a portfolio of brands including Foot 
Locker,  Lady  Foot  Locker,  Kids  Foot  Locker,  Champs  Sports,  Eastbay,  Footaction,  and  Sidestep.  As  of 
January 30, 2021, we operated 2,998 primarily mall-based stores, as well as stores in high-traffic urban retail areas 
and high streets, in 27 countries across the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and Asia. Our 
purpose is to inspire and empower youth culture around the world, by fueling a shared passion for self-expression and 
creating unrivaled experiences at the heart of the global sneaker community. 

Foot Locker, Inc. uses its omni-channel capabilities to bridge the digital world and physical stores, including order-in-
store, buy online and pickup-in-store, and buy online and ship-from-store, as well as e-commerce. We operate websites 
and  mobile  apps  aligned  with  the  brand  names  of  our  store  banners  (including  footlocker.com,  ladyfootlocker.com, 
kidsfootlocker.com, champssports.com, footaction.com, footlocker.ca, footlocker.eu and related e-commerce sites in 
the various European countries that we operate, footlocker.com.au, footlocker.com.nz, sidestep-shoes.de, sidestep-
shoes.nl, footlocker.hk, footlocker.sg, footlocker.mo, and footlocker.my). These sites offer some of the largest online 
product selections and provide a seamless link between e-commerce and physical stores. We also operate the websites 
for eastbay.com, final-score.com, and eastbayteamsales.com. 

Foot Locker, Inc. and its subsidiaries hereafter are referred to as the “Registrant,” “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us.” Foot 
Locker, Inc. has its corporate headquarters in New York. The service marks, trade names, and trademarks appearing 
in this report (except for Nike, Jordan, adidas, and Puma) are owned by Foot Locker, Inc. or its subsidiaries. 

Store and Operations Profile 

  February 2,  

  January 30,   Relocations/  

  Square Footage 
(in thousands) 

2020 

     Opened       Closed       

2021 

Foot Locker U.S. 
Foot Locker Europe 
Foot Locker Canada 
Foot Locker Pacific 
Foot Locker Asia 
Kids Foot Locker 
Lady Foot Locker 
Champs Sports 
Footaction 
Runners Point 
Sidestep 
Total 

 867   
 636   
 105   
 91   
 14  
 431   
 46   
 536   
 245   
 81   
 77   
 3,129   

 21  
 9  
 —  
 2  
 6  
 4  
 —  
 11  
 4  
 1  
 11  
 69   

 40   
 21   
 4   
 —   
 —  
 13   
 11   
 8   
 9   
 82   
 12   
 200   

The following is a brief description of each of our banners: 

      Remodels        Selling        Gross 
 4,203 
 2,176 
 422 
 260 
 141 
 1,265 
 85 
 3,033 
 1,240 
 — 
 157 
 12,982 

 2,409   
 1,016   
 255   
 166   
 79   
 736   
 51   
 1,946   
 758   
 —   
 88   
 7,504   

 20   
 17   
 2   
 7   
 —   
 9   
 —   
 4   
 22   
 —   
 1   
 82   

 848   
 624   
 101   
 93   
 20  
 422   
 35   
 539   
 240   
 —   
 76   
 2,998   

Foot Locker — Foot Locker is a leading global youth culture brand that connects the sneaker obsessed consumer with 
the most innovative and culturally relevant sneakers and apparel. Across all our consumer touchpoints, Foot Locker 
enables consumers to fulfill their desire to be part of sneaker and youth culture. We curate special product assortments 
and marketing content that supports our premium position, from leading global brands such as Nike, Jordan, adidas, 
and Puma, as well as new and emerging brands in the athletic and lifestyle space. We connect emotionally with our 
consumers through a combination of global brand events and highly targeted and personalized experiences in local 
markets including our community-based Power Stores, which provide pinnacle retail experiences that deliver connected 
customer interactions through service, experience, product, and a sense of community. Foot Locker’s 1,686 stores are 
located in 27 countries including 848 in the United States, Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin Islands, and Guam, 101 in Canada, 
624 in Europe, a combined 93 in Australia and New Zealand, and 20 in Asia. Our domestic stores have an average of 
2,800 selling square feet and our international stores have an average of 1,800 selling square feet. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Kids Foot Locker — Kids Foot Locker offers the largest selection of premium brand-name athletic footwear, apparel, 
and accessories for children. Kids Foot Locker enables youth of all ages to participate in sneaker culture and helps 
their parents shop in a curated environment with only the best assortment in stores and online. Of our 422 stores, 373 
are located in the United States, and Puerto Rico, 31 in Europe, 16 in Canada, 1 in Australia, and 1 in New Zealand. 
These stores have an average of 1,700 selling square feet. 

Lady Foot Locker — Lady Foot Locker is a U.S. retailer of athletic footwear, apparel, and accessories dedicated to 
sneaker-obsessed young women. Our stores provide premium sneakers and apparel, carefully selected to reflect the 
latest styles. Lady Foot Locker operates 35 stores that are located in the United States and Puerto Rico. These stores 
have an average of 1,500 selling square feet. 

Champs Sports — Champs Sports is one of the largest mall-based specialty athletic footwear and apparel retailers in 
North America. With a focus on the lifestyle expression of sport, Champs Sports’ product categories include athletic 
footwear and apparel, and sport-lifestyle inspired accessories. This assortment allows Champs Sports to offer the best 
head-to-toe fashion stories representing the most powerful athletic brands, sports teams, and athletes in North America. 
Of our 539 stores, 506 are located in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands and 33 in Canada. 
The Champs Sports stores have an average of 3,600 selling square feet. 

Footaction — Footaction is a North American athletic footwear and apparel retailer that offers the freshest, best edited 
selection of athletic lifestyle brands and looks. This banner is uniquely positioned at the intersection of sport and style, 
with a focus on authentic, premium product. Of our 240 stores, 235 are located in the United States and Puerto Rico 
and 5 are in Canada. The Footaction stores have an average of 3,200 selling square feet. 

Runners Point — We closed our Runners Point banner during 2020.  

Sidestep  —  Sidestep  is  a  predominantly  athletic  fashion  footwear  banner.  Our  76  stores  are  located  in  Germany, 
Netherlands, and Switzerland. Sidestep caters to a more discerning, fashion forward consumer. Sidestep stores have 
an average of 1,200 selling square feet.  

Eastbay 

Eastbay is a sporting goods direct marketer operating in the United States, providing high school and other athletes 
with a complete sports solution including athletic footwear, apparel, equipment, and team licensed merchandise for a 
broad range of sports. With over 100 sales professionals, Eastbay Team Sales connects directly with thousands of high 
school  coaches  and  athletic  directors  in  the  United  States  in  offering  the  best  performance  product  and  a  premium 
service level.  

Franchise Operations 

We have a total of 127 franchised Foot Locker stores located within the Middle East as of January 30, 2021, of which 
58 are in Israel. These amounts are not included in the store counts in the table on the prior page. 

Competition 

The athletic footwear and apparel industry is highly competitive. We compete primarily with athletic footwear specialty 
stores, sporting goods stores, department stores, traditional shoe stores, mass merchandisers, and  online  retailers, 
some of which are our suppliers.  

Merchandise Purchases 

Financial  information  concerning  merchandise  purchases  is  contained  under  the  “Liquidity”  section  in  “Item  7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and  under the “Business 
Risk” section in the Financial Instruments and Risk Management note in “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data.” 

Human Capital 

Our purpose is to inspire and empower youth culture around the world, by fueling a shared passion for self-expression 
and  creating  unrivaled  experiences  at  the  heart  of  the  global  sneaker  community.  We  believe  the  strength  of  our 
workforce is a significant contributor to our success as a global brand that leads with purpose. We seek to be a great 
place to work by cultivating and celebrating a culture that promotes diversity, inclusion, and belonging. Our “Live Well. 
Work Well.” framework enables us to provide support and resources for a variety of needs to help our team members 
reach their fullest potential. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 2 

 
Our People Strategy includes actions around “Uniting our Communities of Talent” around the world to achieve focus 
and drive results as a more agile and dynamic organization. By creating a Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging Strategy 
(DIBs) as part of our people processes, we are able to attract, select, hire, grow, develop, promote, and retain valued 
team  members  with  diverse  backgrounds,  perspectives,  and  experiences.  We  are  relentless  in  creating  a  work 
environment that celebrates the differences that make us even stronger. We provide career growth and professional 
development through formal learning and on-the-job experiences to advance our team members capability, confidence, 
and contribution. 

We offer competitive compensation (including salary, incentive bonus, and equity) and benefits packages in each of 
our locations around the globe. Our compensation program is designed to attract and reward talented individuals who 
possess  the  skills  necessary  to  lead  and  support  our  business  objectives,  ensure  the  achievement  of  our  strategic 
goals,  and  create  long-term  value  for  our  shareholders.  To  support  our  team  members,  we  provide  competitive 
compensation and benefits, including: 

•  Health and wellness benefits (medical, dental, vision, and behavioral health coverage) 
•  Financial benefits (401(k) Plan with Company matching contribution, life and disability coverage, Employee 

Stock Purchase Plan at a 15 percent discount, and commuter benefits) 

•  Work-life  balance  and  lifestyle  benefits  (such  as  paid  time  off  for  full-time  team  members  and  Employee 

Discount Program for all team members) 

•  Tuition reimbursement in the United States and EMEA only 
•  Outside the United States, we may offer supplemental Health and Wellness benefits, as well as Retirement 

benefits, based on local competitive practices. 

Through our listening session communication strategy, we are committed to listening to and learning from our team 
members.  For  many  years,  we  have  tracked  engagement  and  leadership  effectiveness  through  our  engagement 
surveys. We have improved our overall engagement, with 80 percent overall favorable rating and 85 percent response 
rate in 2020. We use insights from these surveys to assess our culture, evaluate our leaders, adjust our plans, and 
evolve our culture. 

We had 15,791 full-time and 35,461 part-time employees as of January 30, 2021 and we consider employee relations 
to be satisfactory. 

We  are  committed  to  engaging  in  corporate  social  responsibility  and  sustainability  initiatives  that  support  our 
communities  and  help  us  develop  trusted  relationships  with  our  stakeholders.  Our  Corporate  Social  Responsibility 
disclosure  is  available  to  investors  on  the  investor  relations  tab  of  our  corporate  website  under  the  heading 
“Responsibility.” 

Available Information 

We  maintain  a  corporate  website  at  www.footlocker-inc.com.  Our  filings  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (the “SEC”), including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on 
Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge through this website as soon as reasonably 
practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The Corporate Governance section of our corporate website 
contains our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Committee Charters, and the Code of Business Conduct for directors, 
officers and employees, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. 
Copies of these documents may also be obtained free of charge upon written request to our Corporate Secretary at 
330 West 34th Street, New York, N.Y. 10001. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 

Our inability to implement our long-range strategic plan may adversely affect our future results. 

Our  ability  to  successfully  implement  and  execute  our  long-range  strategic  plan  is  dependent  on  many  factors.  Our 
strategies  may  require  significant  capital  investment  and  management  attention.  Additionally,  any  new  initiative  is 
subject  to  certain  risks  including  customer  acceptance  of  our  products  and  renovated  store  designs,  competition, 
product  differentiation,  the  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  and  our  ability  to  successfully  implement 
technological initiatives. If we cannot successfully execute our strategic growth initiatives or if the long-range plan does 
not adequately address the challenges or opportunities we face, our financial condition and results of operations may 
be adversely affected. Additionally, failure to meet shareholder expectations, particularly with respect to sales, operating 
margins, and earnings per share, would likely result in volatility in the market value of our stock. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 3 

 
 
The retail athletic footwear and apparel business is highly competitive. 

Our athletic footwear and apparel operations compete primarily with athletic footwear specialty stores, sporting goods 
stores, department stores, traditional shoe stores, mass merchandisers, and online retailers, many of which are units 
of national or regional chains that have significant financial and marketing resources. The principal competitive factors 
in our markets are selection of merchandise, customer experience, reputation, store location, advertising, and price. 
We cannot assure that we will continue to be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors. Our 
expansion into markets served by our competitors, and entry of new competitors or expansion of existing competitors 
into our markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Although  we  sell  an  increasing  proportion  of  our  merchandise  online,  a  significantly  faster  shift  in  customer  buying 
patterns  to  purchasing  athletic  footwear,  athletic  apparel,  and  sporting  goods  online  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our business results. In addition, all of our significant suppliers operate retail stores and distribute products 
directly through the internet and others may follow. Should this continue to occur or accelerate, and if our customers 
decide  to  purchase  directly  from  our  suppliers,  it  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

A change in the relationship with any of our key suppliers or the unavailability of key products at competitive 
prices could affect our financial health. 

Our business is dependent to a significant degree upon our ability to obtain premium product and the ability to purchase 
brand-name  merchandise  at  competitive  prices  from  a  limited  number  of  suppliers.  In  addition,  we  have  negotiated 
volume discounts, cooperative advertising, and markdown allowances with our suppliers, as well as the ability to cancel 
orders  and  return  excess  or  unneeded  merchandise.  We  cannot  be  certain  that  such  terms  with  our  suppliers  will 
continue in the future. 

We  purchased  approximately  91  percent  of  our  merchandise  in  2020  from  our  top  five  suppliers  and  we  expect  to 
continue to obtain a significant percentage of our athletic product from these suppliers in future periods. Approximately 
75 percent of all merchandise purchased in 2020 was purchased from one supplier — Nike, Inc. (“Nike”). Each of our 
operating  divisions  is  highly  dependent  on  Nike.  Individually  they  purchased  between  47  to  82  percent  of  their 
merchandise from Nike during the year. Merchandise that is high profile and in high demand is allocated by our suppliers 
based  upon  their  internal  criteria.  Although  we  have  generally  been  able  to  purchase  sufficient  quantities  of  this 
merchandise in the past, we cannot be certain that our suppliers will continue to allocate sufficient amounts to us in the 
future or whether our suppliers will choose to sell such merchandise in their online business. Our inability to obtain 
merchandise  in  a  timely  manner  from  major  suppliers  as  a  result  of  business  decisions  by  our  suppliers,  or  any 
disruption in the supply chain, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of 
operations.  Because  of  the  high  proportion  of  purchases  from  Nike,  any  adverse  development  in  Nike’s  reputation, 
financial condition or results of operations or the inability of Nike to develop and manufacture products that appeal to 
our target customers could also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 
We cannot be certain that we will be able to acquire merchandise at competitive prices or on competitive terms in the 
future. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The  industry  in  which  we  operate  is  dependent  upon  fashion  trends,  customer  preferences,  product 
innovations, and other fashion-related factors. 

The athletic footwear and apparel industry, especially at the premium end of the price spectrum, in which we operate, 
is subject to changing fashion trends and customer preferences. In addition, retailers in the athletic industry rely on their 
suppliers to maintain innovation in the products they develop. We cannot guarantee that our merchandise selection will 
accurately reflect customer preferences when it is offered for sale or that we will be able to identify and respond quickly 
to  fashion  changes,  particularly  given  the  long  lead  times  for  ordering  much  of  our  merchandise  from  suppliers.  A 
substantial portion of our highest margin sales are to young males (ages 12–25), many of whom we believe purchase 
athletic footwear and athletic apparel as a fashion statement and are frequent  purchasers. Our failure to anticipate, 
identify or react appropriately in a timely manner to changes in fashion trends that would make athletic footwear or 
athletic  apparel  less  attractive  to  our  customers  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 4 

 
 
 
If we do not successfully manage our inventory levels, our operating results will be adversely affected. 

We must maintain sufficient inventory levels to operate our business successfully. However, we also must guard against 
accumulating excess inventory. For example, we order most of our athletic footwear four to six months prior to delivery 
to us. If we fail to anticipate accurately either the market for the merchandise or our customers’ purchasing habits, we 
may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess or slow-moving inventory, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and is expected to continue to disrupt our business, which could have 
a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition for an extended period 
of time. 

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. In March 
2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  designated  COVID-19  a  pandemic.  As  a  result  of  COVID-19,  we  temporarily 
closed all of our stores across all of our brands in North America, Europe Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and Asia 
Pacific for various periods throughout the year. We continue to monitor COVID-19, as well as new strains of the virus, 
and other closures, capacity limitations, social distancing requirements, and reduced operating hours may be required 
to help ensure the health and safety of our team members and our customers. We are also continuing to communicate 
with our suppliers regarding the flow of product. To the extent one or more of our suppliers is negatively affected by 
COVID-19, including due to the closure of their distribution centers or manufacturing facilities, we may be unable to 
maintain  adequate  inventory  in  our  stores  or  distribution  centers.  COVID-19  has  also  caused  disruption  in 
transportation, such as shipping port congestion, which has adversely affected our ability to receive merchandise on a 
timely basis. Given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the duration of business disruption, reduced customer 
traffic, and related financial affects cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but are expected to materially affect our 
business for 2021. The extent to which COVID-19 affects our results, or those of our suppliers, will depend on future 
developments,  which  are  highly  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted,  including  new  information  which  may  emerge 
concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions and related costs to contain or treat it, among others. 

We are affected by mall traffic and our ability to secure suitable store locations. 

Many of our stores, especially in North America, are located primarily in enclosed regional and neighborhood malls. 
Our sales are affected, in part, by the volume of mall traffic. Mall traffic may be adversely affected by, among other 
factors, economic downturns, the closing or continued decline of anchor department stores and/or specialty stores, and 
a decline in the popularity of mall shopping among our target customers. Further, any terrorist act, natural disaster, 
public health issue, such as COVID-19, flu or other pandemics, or safety concern that decreases the level of mall traffic, 
or that affects our ability to open and operate stores in such locations, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

To take advantage of customer traffic and the shopping preferences of our customers, we need to maintain or acquire 
stores in desirable locations such as in regional and neighborhood malls, as well as high-traffic urban retail areas and 
high  streets.  We  cannot  be  certain  that  desirable  locations  will  continue  to  be  available  at  favorable  rates.  Some 
traditional enclosed malls are experiencing significantly lower levels of customer traffic, driven by economic conditions, 
public health issues, the closure of certain mall anchor tenants, and changes in customer shopping preferences, such 
as  online  shopping.  Further,  some  malls  have  closed,  and  others  may  close  in  the  future.  While  we  seek  to  obtain 
suitable locations off-mall there is no guarantee that we will be able to secure such locations. 

Several large landlords dominate the ownership of prime malls and because of our dependence upon these landlords 
for a substantial number of our locations, any significant erosion of their financial condition or our relationships with 
them could negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain store locations. Additionally, further landlord consolidation 
may negatively affect our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms. 

Our future growth may depend on our ability to expand operations in international markets.  

Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our business in additional international markets. As we 
expand into new international markets, we may have only limited experience in operating our business in such markets. 
In other instances, we may have to rely on the efforts and abilities of foreign business partners in such markets. In 
addition, business practices in these new international markets may be unlike those in the other markets we serve, and 
we  may  face  increased  exposure  to  certain  risks. Our  future  growth  may  be  materially  adversely  affected  if  we  are 
unsuccessful in our international expansion efforts. Our inability to expand in international markets could have a material 
adverse effect on our business. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 5 

 
 
We may experience fluctuations in, and cyclicality of, our comparable-store sales results. 

Our comparable-store sales have fluctuated significantly in the past, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, and we 
expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future. A variety of factors affect our comparable-store sales results, including, 
among others, fashion trends, product innovation, promotional events, the highly competitive retail sales environment, 
economic conditions, timing of income tax refunds, changes in our merchandise mix, calendar shifts of holiday periods, 
declines in foot traffic, supply chain disruptions, and weather conditions.  

Many  of  our  products  represent  discretionary  purchases.  Accordingly,  customer  demand  for  these  products  could 
decline in an economic downturn or if our customers develop other priorities for their discretionary spending. These 
risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The effects of natural disasters, terrorism, acts of war, acts of violence, and public health issues may adversely 
affect our business. 

Natural  disasters,  including  earthquakes,  hurricanes,  floods,  and  tornadoes  may  affect  store  and  distribution  center 
operations. In addition, acts of terrorism, acts of war, and military action both in the United States and abroad can have 
a significant effect on economic conditions and may negatively affect our ability to purchase merchandise from suppliers 
for sale to our customers. Any act of violence, including active shooter situations and terrorist activities, that are targeted 
at or threatened against shopping malls, our stores, offices or distribution centers, could result in restricted access to 
our stores and/or store closures in the short-term and, in the long-term, may cause our customers and employees to 
avoid visiting our stores.  

Public health issues, such as COVID-19, flu or other pandemics, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, 
could disrupt our operations and result in a significant part of our workforce being unable to operate or maintain our 
infrastructure or perform other tasks necessary to conduct our business. Additionally, public health issues may disrupt, 
or have an adverse effect on, our suppliers’ operations, our operations, our customers, or result in significantly lower 
traffic to or closure of our stores, or customer demand.  

Our  ability  to  mitigate  the  adverse  effect  of  these  events  depends,  in  part,  upon  the  effectiveness  of  our  disaster 
preparedness and response planning as well as business continuity planning. However, we cannot be certain that our 
plans will be adequate or implemented properly in the event of an actual disaster.  

Any  significant  declines  in  public  safety  or  uncertainties  regarding  future  economic  prospects  that  affect  customer 
spending habits could have a material adverse effect on customer purchases of our products. We may be required to 
suspend operations in some or all of our locations and incur significant costs to remediate concerns which could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Riots,  vandalism,  and  other  crimes  and  acts  of  violence  may  affect  the  markets  in  which  we  operate,  our 
customers, delivery of our products and customer service, and could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations, or financial condition. 

Our business may be adversely affected by instability, disruption, or destruction, regardless of cause, including riots, 
civil insurrection or social unrest, and manmade disasters or crimes. Such events may result in property damage and 
loss and may also cause customers to suspend their decisions to shop in our stores, interrupt our supply chain, and 
cause restrictions, postponements, and cancellations of events that attract large crowds and public gatherings, such as 
store marketing events. 

Additional  risks  and  uncertainties  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  also  may 
adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. 

Risks Related to Technology, Data Security, and Privacy 

We are subject to technology risks including failures, security breaches, and cybersecurity risks  that could 
harm our business, damage our reputation, and increase our costs in an effort to protect against these risks. 

Information  technology  is  a  critical  part  of  our  business  operations.  We  depend  on  information  systems  to  process 
transactions, make operational decisions, manage inventory, operate our websites, purchase, sell and ship goods on 
a timely basis, and maintain cost-efficient operations. There is a risk that we could experience a business interruption, 
theft of information, or reputational damage as a result of a cyber-attack, such as an infiltration of a data center or data 
leakage of confidential information, either internally or at our third-party providers.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 6 

 
We  may  experience  operational  problems  with  our  information  systems  as  a  result  of  system  failures,  system 
implementation  issues,  viruses,  malicious  hackers,  sabotage,  or  other  causes.  We  invest  in  security  technology  to 
protect the data stored by us, including our data and business processes, against the risk of data security breaches 
and cyber-attacks. Our data security management program includes enforcement of standard data protection policies 
such  as  Payment  Card  Industry  compliance.  Additionally,  we  evaluate  our  major  technology  suppliers  and  any 
outsourced services through accepted security assessment measures. We maintain and routinely test backup systems 
and disaster recovery, along with external network security penetration testing by an independent third party as part of 
our business continuity preparedness. 

While we believe that our security technology and processes follow appropriate practices in the prevention of security 
breaches  and  the  mitigation  of  cybersecurity  risks,  given  the  ever-increasing  abilities  of  those  intent  on  breaching 
cybersecurity measures and given the necessity of our reliance on the security procedures of third-party vendors, the 
total security effort at any point in time may not be completely effective.  

Any security breaches and cyber incidents could adversely affect our business. Failure of our systems, either internally 
or at our third-party providers, including failures due to cyber-attacks that would prevent the ability of systems to function 
as  intended,  could  cause  transaction  errors,  loss  of  customers  and  sales,  and  negative  consequences  to  us,  our 
employees, and those with whom we do business. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss, or other 
unauthorized disclosure of confidential information by us could also severely damage our reputation, expose us to the 
risks of litigation and liability, increase operating costs associated with remediation, and harm our business. While we 
carry  insurance  that  would  mitigate  the  losses,  insurance  may  be  insufficient  to  compensate  us  fully  for  potentially 
significant losses. 

Risks associated with digital operations. 

Our digital operations are subject to numerous risks, including risks related to the failure of the computer systems that 
operate our websites, mobile sites, and apps and their related support systems, computer viruses, cybersecurity risks, 
telecommunications  failures,  denial  of  service  attacks,  bot  attacks,  and  similar  disruptions.  Also,  to  sustain,  keep 
current, or grow our digital commerce business we will need to make additional investments. Risks related to digital 
commerce  include  those  associated  with  credit  card  fraud,  the  need  to  keep  pace  with  rapid  technological  change, 
governmental regulation, and legal uncertainties with respect to internet regulatory compliance. If any of these risks 
materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Privacy and data security concerns and regulation could result in additional costs and liabilities. 

The  protection  of  customer,  employee,  and  Company  data  is  critical.  The  regulatory  environment  surrounding 
information  security  and  privacy  is  demanding,  with  the  frequent  imposition  of  new  and  changing  requirements.  In 
addition,  customers  appear  increasingly  to  have  a  high  expectation  that  we  will  adequately  protect  their  personal 
information.  Any  actual  or  perceived  misappropriation  or  breach  involving  this  data  could  attract  negative  media 
attention, cause harm to our reputation or result in liability (including but not limited to fines, penalties or lawsuits), any 
of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operational results, financial position, and cash flows.  

The European Union (“E.U.”) adopted a comprehensive General Data Privacy Regulation (the “GDPR”), which requires 
companies  to  satisfy  new  requirements  regarding  the  handling  of  personal  and  sensitive  data,  including  its  use, 
protection, and the ability of persons whose data is stored to correct or delete data about themselves. Failure to comply 
with GDPR requirements could result in penalties of up to 4 percent of worldwide revenue. In addition, the State of 
California  adopted  the  California  Consumer  Protection  Act  of  2018  ("CCPA").  The  CCPA  requires  companies  that 
process information on California residents to make new disclosures to consumers about their data collection, use and 
sharing practices, allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties, and provides a new cause of 
action  for  data  breaches.  It  remains  unclear  how  the  CCPA  will  be  interpreted  and  the  extent  of  its  effect  on  our 
business. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy 
legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. 

GDPR, CCPA and other similar laws and regulations, as well as any associated inquiries or investigations or any other 
government actions, may be costly to comply with, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require 
significant management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, including fines or 
demands or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices. The laws and regulations relating to privacy 
and data security are evolving, can be subject to significant change and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and 
public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 7 

 
The technology enablement of omni-channel in our business is complex. 

We continue to invest in initiatives designed to deliver a high-quality, coordinated shopping experience online, in stores, 
and  on  mobile  devices,  which  requires  substantial  investment  in  technology,  information  systems,  and  employee 
training,  as  well  as  significant  management  time  and  resources.  Our  omni-channel  retailing  efforts  include  the 
integration and implementation of new technology, software, and processes to be able to fulfill orders from any point 
within  our  system  of  stores  and  distribution  centers,  which  is  extremely  complex  and  may  not  meet  customer 
expectations for timely and accurate deliveries. These efforts involve substantial risk, including risk of implementation 
delays,  cost  overruns,  technology  interruptions,  supply  and  distribution  delays,  and  other  issues  that  can  affect  the 
successful  implementation  and  operation  of  our  omni-channel  initiatives.  If  our  omni-channel  initiatives  are  not 
successful,  or  we  do  not  realize  the  return  on  our  omni-channel  investments  that  we  anticipate,  our  financial 
performance and future growth could be materially adversely affected. 

Risks Related to our Operations and Supply Chain 

Complications in our distribution centers and other factors affecting the distribution of merchandise may affect 
our business. 

We operate multiple distribution centers worldwide to support our businesses. In addition to the distribution centers that 
we  operate,  we  have  third-party  arrangements  to  support  our  operations  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  England, 
Australia,  and  New  Zealand.  If  complications  arise  with  any  facility  or  third-party  arrangements,  or  if  any  facility  is 
severely  damaged  or  destroyed,  our  other  distribution  centers  may  be  unable  to  support  the  resulting  additional 
distribution demands. We also may be affected by disruptions in the global transportation network caused by events 
including  delays  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  port  disruption,  port  strikes,  weather  conditions,  work 
stoppages, or other labor unrest. These factors may adversely affect our ability to deliver inventory on a timely basis. 
We depend upon third-party carriers for shipment of merchandise. Any interruption in service by these carriers for any 
reason could cause disruptions in our business, a loss of sales and profits, and other material adverse effects. 

Manufacturer compliance with our social compliance program requirements. 

We  require  our  independent  manufacturers  to  comply  with  our  policies  and  procedures,  which  cover  many  areas 
including human rights policy, labor, health and safety, and environmental standards. We monitor compliance with our 
policies  and  procedures  using  internal  resources,  as  well  as  third-party  monitoring  firms.  Although  we  monitor  their 
compliance with these policies and procedures, we do not control the manufacturers or their practices. Any failure of 
our independent manufacturers to comply with our policies and procedures or local laws in the country of manufacture 
could disrupt the shipment of merchandise to us, force us to locate alternate manufacturing sources, reduce demand 
for our merchandise, or damage our reputation. 

Our reliance on key management. 

Future performance will depend upon our ability to attract, retain, and motivate our executive and senior management 
teams. Our executive and senior management teams have substantial experience and expertise in our business and 
have made significant contributions to our success. Our future performance depends, to a significant extent, both upon 
the continued services of our current executive and senior management teams, as well as our ability to attract, hire, 
motivate, and retain additional qualified management in the future. While we believe that we have adequate succession 
planning and executive development programs, competition for key executives in the retail industry is intense, and our 
operations could be adversely affected if we cannot retain and attract qualified executives. 

Risks associated with attracting and retaining store and field team members. 

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to attract, develop, and retain a sufficient number of qualified store and 
field  team  members.  The  turnover  rate  in  the  retail  industry  is  generally  high.  If  we  are  unable  to  attract  and  retain 
quality  team  members,  our  ability  to  meet  our  growth  goals  or  to  sustain  expected  levels  of  profitability  may  be 
compromised.  Our  ability  to  meet  our  labor  needs  while  controlling  costs  is  subject  to  external  factors  such  as 
unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, and overtime regulations. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 8 

 
Risks Related to our Investments 

If our long-lived tangible assets and operating lease right-of-use assets, or goodwill become impaired, we may 
need to record significant non-cash impairment charges. 

We review our long-lived tangible assets and operating lease right-of-use assets, and goodwill when events indicate 
that the carrying value of such assets may be impaired. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators 
arise and, at a minimum, annually. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to an impairment test, which consists of 
either  a  qualitative  assessment  on  a  reporting  unit  level,  or  a  quantitative  impairment  test,  if  necessary.  The 
determination of impairment charges is significantly affected by estimates of future operating cash flows and estimates 
of fair value. Our estimates of future operating cash flows are identified from our long-range strategic plans, which are 
based upon our experience, knowledge, and expectations; however, these estimates can be affected by factors such 
as  our  future  operating  results,  future  store  profitability,  and  future  economic  conditions,  all  of  which  are  difficult  to 
predict accurately. Any significant deterioration in macroeconomic conditions could affect the fair value of our long-lived 
assets, including our operating lease right-of-use assets, and goodwill and could result in future impairment charges, 
which would adversely affect our results of operations. 

We do not have the ability to exert control over our minority investments, and therefore, we are dependent on 
others in order to realize their potential benefits. 

We currently hold $337 million of non-controlling minority investments in various entities and we may make additional 
strategic minority investments in the future. Such minority investments inherently involve a lesser degree of control over 
business operations, thereby potentially increasing the financial, legal, operational, and compliance risks associated 
with the investments. Other investors in these entities may have business goals and interests that are not aligned with 
ours or may exercise their rights in a manner in which we do not approve. These circumstances could lead to delayed 
decisions or disputes and litigation with those other investors, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our 
reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

If  our  investees  seek  additional  financing  to  fund  their  growth  strategies,  these  financing  transactions  may  result  in 
further  dilution  of  our  ownership  stakes  and  these  transactions  may  occur  at  lower  valuations  than  the  investment 
transactions  through  which  we  acquired  such  interests,  which  could  significantly  decrease  the  fair  values  of  our 
investments in those entities. Additionally, if our investees are unable to obtain additional financing, those entities could 
need to significantly reduce their spending in order to fund their operations or result in their insolvency. These actions 
likely would result in reduced growth forecasts, which also could significantly decrease the fair values of our investments 
in those entities. 

Risks Related to Shareholder Activism, Geopolitics, Regulations, and Other External Risks 

We may face risks associated with shareholder activism. 

Publicly traded companies are subject to campaigns by shareholders advocating corporate actions related to matters 
such as corporate governance, operational practices, and strategic direction. We may become subject in the future to 
such shareholder activity and demands. Such activities could interfere with our ability to execute our business plans, 
be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations, and divert the attention of management, any of which could have 
an adverse effect on our business or stock price.  

Our shareholder rights plan could impede or discourage a takeover or change of control. 

In December 2020, our Board of Directors adopted a short-term rights plan. The rights plan is intended to protect the 
interests  of  all  the  Company’s  shareholders  by  reducing  the  likelihood  that  any  person  would  gain  control  of  the 
Company  through  open  market  accumulation  or  other  tactics  without  appropriately  compensating  the  Company's 
shareholders for such control. The rights plan is not intended to prevent or deter any action or offer that the Board of 
Directors  determines  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  shareholders.  However,  the  overall  effect  of  the  rights  plan  may 
render it more difficult or discourage a merger, tender offer or other business combination involving the Company that 
may be considered beneficial by some shareholders but is not supported by our Board of Directors. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 9 

 
 
 
Economic or political conditions in other countries, including fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates 
and tax rates may adversely affect our operations.  

A significant portion of our sales and operating income for 2020 was attributable to our operations outside of the United 
States. As a result, our business is subject to the risks associated with doing business outside of the United States 
such as local customer product preferences, political unrest, disruptions or delays in shipments, changes in economic 
conditions in countries in which we operate, foreign currency fluctuations, real estate costs, and labor and employment 
practices in non-U.S. jurisdictions that may differ significantly from those that prevail in the United States. In addition, 
because  our  suppliers  manufacture  a  substantial  amount  of  our  products  in  foreign  countries,  our  ability  to  obtain 
sufficient quantities of merchandise on favorable terms may be affected by governmental regulations, trade restrictions, 
labor, and other conditions in the countries from which our suppliers obtain their product. 

Fluctuations  in  the  value  of  the  euro  and  the  British  Pound  may  affect  the  value  of  our  European  earnings  when 
translated  into  U.S.  dollars.  Similarly,  our  earnings  in  other  jurisdictions  may  be  affected  by  the  value  of  currencies 
when translated into U.S. dollars.  

Except for our business in the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”), our international subsidiaries conduct most of their business 
in  their  local  currency.  Inventory  purchases  for  our  U.K.  business  are  generally  denominated  in  euros,  which  could 
result in foreign currency transaction gains or losses. 

Our  products  are  subject  to  import  and  excise  duties  and/or  sales  or  value-added  taxes  in  many  jurisdictions. 
Fluctuations in tax rates and duties and changes in tax legislation or regulation could have a material adverse effect on 
our results of operations and financial condition. 

Significant developments stemming from the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company. 

The U.K. formally exited the European Union on January 31, 2020 (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) and entered into 
a new trade agreement with the European Union on December 24, 2020. Despite the U.K.’s December 2020 trade 
agreement,  many  potential  future  effects  of  Brexit  remain  unclear  and  could  adversely  affect  certain  areas  of  our 
business, including, but not limited to, an increase in duties and delays in the delivery of products, and adverse effects 
to our suppliers.  

We have significant operations in both the U.K. and the E.U., and we are highly dependent on the free flow of labor and 
goods in those regions. In response to Brexit, in February 2020 we engaged with a third-party logistics provider within 
England to mitigate supply chain risks. Uncertainty surrounding Brexit could cause a slowdown in economic activity in 
the U.K., Europe or globally, which could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects. In addition, Brexit 
could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which 
E.U. laws to replace or replicate, including data protection regulation. Compliance with any new laws and regulations 
may be cumbersome, difficult, or costly.  

There remains substantial uncertainty surrounding the ultimate effect of Brexit and outcomes could disrupt the markets 
we serve and the tax jurisdictions in which we operate. This uncertainty  creates  challenges (particularly in the near 
term) with respect to trading relationships between our U.K. subsidiary and other E.U. nations. These possible effects 
of Brexit could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  

Imposition of tariffs and export controls on the products we buy may have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

A significant portion of the products that we purchase, including the portion purchased from U.S.-based suppliers, as 
well as most of our private brand merchandise, is manufactured abroad. We may be affected by potential changes in 
international trade agreements or tariffs, such as new tariffs imposed on certain Chinese-made goods imported into the 
U.S. Furthermore, China or other countries may institute retaliatory trade measures in response to existing or future 
tariffs imposed by the U.S. that could have a negative effect on our business. If any of these events occur as described, 
we may be obligated to seek alternative suppliers for our private brand merchandise, raise prices, or make changes to 
our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Macroeconomic developments may adversely affect our business. 

Our  performance  is  subject  to  global  economic  conditions  and  the  related  effects  on  consumer  spending  levels. 
Continued uncertainty about global economic conditions, including the COVID-19 pandemic, poses a risk as consumers 
and businesses may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment, negative financial news, and/or 
declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on demand for our products.  

As a retailer that is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending, our results of operations are sensitive to changes 
in  macroeconomic  conditions.  Our  customers  may  have  less  money  for  discretionary  purchases  as  a  result  of  job 
losses, foreclosures, bankruptcies, increased fuel and energy costs, higher interest rates, higher taxes, reduced access 
to credit, and lower home values. These and other economic factors could adversely affect demand for our products, 
which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. 

Instability in the financial markets may adversely affect our business. 

During 2020, uncertainty surrounding the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic helped create volatility in financial 
markets around the world. This volatility may affect our future access to the credit and debt security markets, leading 
to higher borrowing costs, or, in some cases, the inability to obtain additional financing.  

On November 30, 2020, ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, with the support of the 
United States Federal Reserve and the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, announced plans to consult on 
ceasing publication of USD LIBOR on December 31, 2021, for only the one week and two month USD LIBOR tenors, 
and  on  June  30,  2023,  for  all  other  USD  Libor  tenors.  While  this  announcement  extends  the  transition  period  to 
June 2023, the United States Federal Reserve concurrently issued a statement advising banks to stop new USD LIBOR 
issuances by the end of 2021. In light of these recent announcements, the future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain and 
any changes in the methods by which LIBOR is determined or regulatory activity related to LIBOR’s phaseout could 
cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past or cease to exist. Our 2020 Credit Agreement provides for alternative 
methods of calculating the interest rate payable on indebtedness thereunder. 

Instability in the global financial markets could reduce availability of credit to our business. Although we currently have 
a revolving credit agreement in place until July 14, 2025, tightening of credit markets could make it more difficult for us 
to access funds, refinance our existing indebtedness, enter into agreements for new indebtedness, or obtain funding 
through the issuance of the Company’s securities.  

Material changes in the market value of the securities we hold may adversely affect our results of operations 
and financial condition. 

At January 30, 2021 our cash and cash equivalents totaled $1,680 million. The majority of our investments were short-
term deposits in highly-rated banking institutions. We regularly monitor our counterparty credit risk and mitigate our 
exposure by making short-term investments only in highly-rated institutions and by limiting the amount we invest in any 
one institution. We continually monitor the creditworthiness of our counterparties. At January 30, 2021, all investments 
were in investment grade institutions. Despite an investment grade rating, it is possible that the value or liquidity of our 
investments may decline due to any number of factors, including general market conditions and bank-specific credit 
issues. 

Our U.S. pension plan trust holds assets totaling $666 million at January 30, 2021. The fair values of these assets held 
in the trust are compared to the plan’s projected benefit obligation to determine the pension funding liability. We attempt 
to mitigate funding risk through asset diversification, and we regularly monitor investment risk of our portfolio through 
quarterly investment portfolio reviews and periodic asset and liability studies. Despite these measures, it is possible 
that the value of our portfolio may decline in the future due to any number of factors, including general market conditions 
and credit issues. Such declines could affect the funded status of our pension plan and future funding requirements. 

Our financial results may be adversely affected by tax rates or exposure to additional tax liabilities. 

We are a U.S. based multinational company subject to tax in multiple U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Our provision 
for income taxes is based on a jurisdictional mix of earnings, statutory rates, and enacted tax rules, including transfer 
pricing. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and in evaluating our tax positions 
on  a  worldwide  basis.  President  Biden  has  proposed  raising  the  highest  U.S.  federal  income  tax  rate  applicable  to 
corporations. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including shifts in the mix of 
pretax results by tax jurisdiction, changes in tax laws or related interpretations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, 
and tax assessments and related interest and penalties resulting from income tax audits.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 11 

 
 
Changes in employment laws or regulation could harm our performance. 

Various foreign and domestic labor laws govern our relationship with our employees and affect our operating costs. 
These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime and sick pay, paid time off, work scheduling, healthcare 
reform  and  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  unemployment  tax  rates,  workers’  compensation  rates, 
European works council requirements, and union organization.  

A number of factors could adversely affect our operating results, including additional government-imposed increases in 
minimum wages, overtime and sick pay, paid leaves of absence, mandated health benefits, and changing regulations 
from the National Labor Relations Board or other agencies. Complying with any new legislation or reversing changes 
implemented under existing law could be time-intensive and expensive and may affect our business. 

Legislative or regulatory initiatives related to climate change concerns may negatively affect our business. 

Greenhouse  gases  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  global  temperatures,  weather  patterns,  and  the  frequency  and 
severity  of  extreme  weather  and  natural  disasters.  Global  climate  change  could  result  in  certain  types  of  natural 
disasters occurring more frequently or with more intense effects. Such events could make it difficult or impossible for 
us to deliver products to our customers, create delays, and inefficiencies in our supply chain. Following an interruption 
to our business, we could require substantial recovery time, experience significant expenditures to resume operations, 
and lose significant sales. Concern over climate change may result in new or additional legal, legislative, and regulatory 
requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment, which could result in future tax, 
transportation, and utility increases, which could adversely affect our business. There is also increased focus, including 
by investors, customers, and other stakeholders, on these and other sustainability matters, such as worker safety, the 
use of plastic, energy consumption, and waste. 

Increasing  scrutiny  and  changing  expectations  from  investors  and  our  customers  with  respect  to  our 
Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional 
risks. 

Our reputation could be damaged if we do not (or are perceived not to) act responsibly with respect to sustainability 
matters, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition. Increasing 
attention to CSR matters may affect our business and some institutional investors may be discouraged from investing 
in us. 

Companies across all industries are facing increasing scrutiny from stakeholders related to their CSR practices. Investor 
advocacy groups, certain institutional investors, investment funds, and other influential investors are also increasingly 
focused on CSR practices and in recent years have placed increasing importance on the implications and social cost 
of their investments. Regardless of the industry, investors’ increased focus and activism related to CSR  and similar 
matters may hinder access to capital, as investors may decide to reallocate capital or to not commit capital as a result 
of  their  assessment  of  a  company’s  CSR  practices.  Companies  which  do  not  adapt  to  or  comply  with  investor  or 
stakeholder  expectations  and  standards,  which  are  evolving,  or  which  are  perceived  to  have  not  responded 
appropriately to the growing concern for CSR issues, regardless of whether there is a legal requirement to do so, may 
suffer from reputational damage and the business, financial condition, and/or stock price of such a company could be 
materially and adversely affected. 

In addition, the importance of CSR scoring evaluations is becoming more broadly accepted by shareholders. Certain 
organizations that provide corporate governance and other corporate risk information to shareholders have developed 
scores  and  ratings  to  evaluate  companies  based  upon  CSR  metrics.  Many  shareholders  focus  on  positive  CSR 
business practices and scores when making investments and may consider a company’s score as a reputational or 
other factor in making an investment decision. In addition, investors, particularly institutional investors, use these scores 
to benchmark companies against their peers and if a company is perceived as lagging, these investors may engage 
with companies to require improved CSR disclosure or performance. We may face reputational damage in the event 
our CSR procedures or standards do not meet the standards set by various constituencies. A low score could result in 
a negative perception of us, or exclusion of our common stock from consideration by certain investors who may elect 
to  invest  with  our  competition  instead.  In  addition,  the  cost  of  compliance  to  receive  high  CSR  scores  may  be 
considerable. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 12 

 
 
 
We may be adversely affected by regulatory and litigation developments. 

We are exposed to the risk that federal or state legislation may negatively affect our operations. Changes in federal or 
state  wage  requirements,  employee  rights,  health  care,  social  welfare  or  entitlement  programs,  including  health 
insurance, paid leave programs, or other changes in workplace regulation could increase our cost of doing business or 
otherwise adversely affect our operations. Additionally, we are regularly involved in litigation, including commercial, tort, 
intellectual property, customer, employment, wage and hour, data privacy, anti-corruption, and other claims, including 
purported class action lawsuits. The cost of defending against these types of claims against us or the ultimate resolution 
of such claims, whether by settlement or adverse court decision, may harm our business. 

We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws. 

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery 
Act  of  2010,  which  is  broader  in  scope  than  the  FCPA,  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their  intermediaries  from 
making  improper  payments  to  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  Our  internal 
policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot 
be  assured  that  our  internal  control  policies  and  procedures  will  always  protect  us  from  reckless  or  criminal  acts 
committed by our employees or agents. Our continued expansion outside the United States, including in developing 
countries,  could  increase  the  risk  of  FCPA  violations  in  the  future.  Violations  of  these  laws,  or  allegations  of  such 
violations, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. 

Failure to fully comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could negatively affect our business, 
market confidence in our reported financial information, and the price of our common stock. 

We  continue  to  document,  test,  and  monitor  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  order  to  satisfy  the 
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, we cannot be assured that our disclosure 
controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting will prove to be completely adequate in the 
future. Failure to fully comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could negatively affect our business, 
market confidence in our reported financial information, and the price of our common stock. 

International intellectual property protection can be uncertain and costly. 

Uncertainty in intellectual property protection can result from conducting business outside the United States, particularly 
in jurisdictions that do not have comparable levels of protection for our assets such as intellectual property, copyrights, 
and  trademarks.  Continuing  to  operate  in  such  foreign  jurisdictions  where  the  ability  to  enforce  intellectual  property 
rights is limited increases our exposure to risk. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None  

Item 2. Properties 

Our properties consist of land, leased stores, administrative facilities, and distribution centers. Gross square footage 
and total selling area for our store locations at the end of 2020 were approximately 12.98 and 7.50 million square feet, 
respectively. These properties, which are primarily leased, are located in the United States and its territories, Canada, 
various European countries, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand.  

We currently operate five distribution centers, of which two are owned and three are leased, occupying an aggregate 
of 3.0 million square feet. Three of these distribution centers are located in the United States, one in Canada, and one 
in the Netherlands. We also own a cross-dock and manufacturing facility, and operate a leased warehouse in the United 
States, both of which support our Team Edition apparel business.  

We believe that all leases of properties that are material to our operations may be renewed, or that alternative properties 
are available, on terms similar to existing leases. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  legal  proceedings  is  contained  in  the  Legal  Proceedings  note  under  “Item  8. 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2020 Form 10-K Page 13 

 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

Item 4A. Information about our Executive Officers 

The following table provides information with respect to all persons serving as executive officers as of March 25, 2021, 
including business experience for the last five years. 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — North America 
Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer  
Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — Asia Pacific and Chief Strategy 

Officer 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — EMEA 
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary  
Senior Vice President — Global Supply Chain 
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer 
Vice President, Treasurer  

     Richard A. Johnson 
   Frank Bracken 
   Andrew Gray 

   W. Scott Martin 
   Lauren B. Peters 
   Vijay Talwar 
   Giovanna Cipriano 
   Sheilagh M. Clarke 
   Todd Greener 
   Elizabeth S. Norberg 
   Himanshu Parikh 
   John A. Maurer 

Richard A. Johnson, age 63, has served as Chairman of the Board since May 2016 and President and Chief Executive 
Officer since December 2014. 

Frank Bracken, age 48, has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — North America since 
July 22, 2020. He previously served as Senior Vice President and General Manager Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, 
and Kids Foot Locker from October 2017 through July 2020. Mr. Bracken previously served as the General Manager 
of Foot Locker Canada from February 2016 through October 2017. From January 2014 through February 2016, Mr. 
Bracken served as Vice President, Divisional Merchandise Manager of Footwear for Champs Sports.  

Andrew  Gray,  age  43,  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Commercial  Officer  since  July  22,  2020. 
Mr. Gray previously served as Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer — North America from October 2017 
through July 2020 and Vice President and General Manager of U.S. Foot Locker and Lady Foot Locker from April 2016 
to October 2017. Mr. Gray previously served as Vice President and General Merchandising Manager from July 2013 
to April 2016.  

W. Scott Martin, age 53, has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — Asia Pacific and Chief 
Strategy Officer since July 22, 2020. He previously served as Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy and Development 
Officer  from  March  2019  to  July  2020.  Previously  he  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  —  Strategy  and  Store 
Development  from  October  2017  to  March  2019  and  as  Senior  Vice  President  —  Real  Estate  from  June  2016  to 
September 2017. Mr. Martin previously served as Vice President, Store Development – Asia Pacific with Gap Inc. from 
June 2014 to June 2016.  

Lauren B. Peters, age 59, has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2011. 

Vijay  Talwar,  age  49,  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  —  EMEA  since 
February 2019. Mr. Talwar previously served as President — Digital from March 2018 to February 2019 and President 
—  Digital/Footlocker.com/Eastbay  from  September  2016  to  March  2018.  Mr.  Talwar  served  as  President,  Gifts  and 
Special Occasions at Sears Holdings Corporation from 2014 to September 2016. 

Giovanna Cipriano, age 51, has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since May 2009. 

Sheilagh M. Clarke, age 61, has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since June 2014. 

Todd Greener, age 50, has served as Senior Vice President — Global Supply Chain since October 2018. Mr. Greener 
previously served as Senior Vice President — Supply Chain at Advance Auto Parts from March 2015 to October 2018 
and  General  Manager  —  Appliance  Distribution  Operations  at  General  Electric  Company  from  September  2012  to 
February 2015. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elizabeth  S.  Norberg,  age  54,  has  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  since 
September  2018.  Ms.  Norberg  previously  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  at 
Loews  Hotels  &  Co.  (a  subsidiary  of  Loews  Corporation)  from  August  2017  to  September  2018,  Executive  Vice 
President, Chief Human Resources Officer at Red Lion Hotels Corporation from June 2016 to August 2017, and Vice 
President and Chief of Human Resources Operations, Health System at Northwell Health from January 2015 to June 
2016. 

Himanshu Parikh, age 48, has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer since December 18, 2020. 
From  January  2015  to  November  2020,  Mr.  Parikh  served  in  various  technology  leadership  roles  at  Michaels 
Corporation with his most recent role as Senior Vice President — Chief Technology Officer. 

John A. Maurer, age 61, has served as Vice President, Treasurer since September 2006. In addition to this role, he 
also served as the Vice President of Investor Relations from February 2011 through March 2018. 

There are no family relationships among the executive officers or directors of the Company. 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market  for  the  Company’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 

Equity Securities 

Foot Locker, Inc. common stock (ticker symbol “FL”) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange as well as on the Börse 
Stuttgart stock exchange in Germany.  

As of January 30, 2021, we had 11,957 shareholders of record owning 103,619,123 common shares.  

We declared a dividend of $0.40 per share in the first quarter of 2020. During the first quarter, we suspended our second 
quarter dividend as a result of the economic uncertainty as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. On August 20, 2020, 
our Board of Directors approved the reinstatement of our quarterly dividend program at a rate of $0.15 per share. We 
also paid a dividend of $0.15 during the fourth quarter. 

On  February  17,  2021,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.20  per  share  to  be  paid  on 
April 30, 2021. This dividend represents a 33 percent increase from the previous quarterly per share amount of $0.15 
per share. The Board of Directors regularly reviews the dividend policy and rate, taking into consideration the overall 
financial and strategic outlook for our earnings, liquidity, and cash flow. 

The following table is a summary of our fourth quarter share repurchases:  

Date Purchased 
November 1 to November 28, 2020 
November 29 to January 2, 2020 
January 3 to January 30, 2021 

Total 
Number 
Price   
of Shares    Paid Per  
     Purchased (1)      Share (1)       

Dollar Value of 
  Average   Shares Purchased as   Shares that may 
  yet be Purchased 

Total Number of 

Part of Publicly  
Announced 
Program (2) 

Under the 
      Program (2) 

 591,285  
 69,062  

 257   $  36.88   
    40.14   
    39.54   
 660,604   $  40.07   

 —   $ 

 591,285  
 69,062  
 660,347  

 857,009,892 
 833,277,966 
 830,547,018 

(1)  These columns also reflect shares acquired in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligation of holders of restricted stock awards, which vested 
during the quarter, and shares repurchased pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The calculation of the average 
price paid per share includes all fees, commissions, and other costs associated with the repurchase of such shares. 

(2)  On February 20, 2019, the Board of Directors approved a new 3-year, $1.2 billion share repurchase program extending through January 2022. 
Through January 30, 2021, 9 million shares of common stock were purchased under this program for an aggregate cost of $370 million.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The graph below compares the cumulative five-year total return to shareholders (common stock price appreciation plus 
dividends, on a reinvested basis) of our common stock relative to the total returns of the S&P 400 Specialty Retailing 
Index and the Russell Midcap Index.  

Indexed Share Price Performance 

Foot Locker, Inc. 
S&P 400 Specialty Retailing Index 
Russell Midcap Index 

     1/30/2016      1/28/2017       2/3/2018       2/2/2019       2/1/2020      1/30/2021 
  $   100.00   $   102.39   $ 
 73.87 
 74.82   $ 
 62.41   $ 
 97.09   $   144.24 
 94.78   $ 
 97.25   $ 
  $   100.00   $ 
  $   100.00   $   125.24   $  146.56   $  145.96   $  169.85   $   199.97 

 87.55   $ 
 95.79   $ 

The above information should not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be filed with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any 
future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by 
reference into such filing. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Notes thereto and other information contained elsewhere in this report. 

($ in millions, except per share amounts) 
Summary of Operations 
Sales 
Gross margin 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Impairment and other charges 
Interest (expense) income, net 
Other income, net 
Net income 
Per Common Share Data 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Common stock dividends declared per share 

Weighted-average Common Shares Outstanding 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Financial Condition 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Merchandise inventories 
Property and equipment, net 
Total assets 
Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Financial Ratios 
Sales per average gross square foot (2) 
SG&A as a percentage of sales 
Net income margin 
Adjusted net income margin (3) 
Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) (3) 
EBIT margin (3) 
Adjusted EBIT (3) 
Adjusted EBIT margin (3) 
Return on assets (ROA) 
Return on invested capital (ROIC) (3) 
Net debt capitalization percent (3), (4) 
Current ratio 
Other Data 
Capital expenditures 
Number of stores at year end 
Total selling square footage at year end (in millions) 
Total gross square footage at year end (in millions) 

2020 

      2019 

      2018 

      2017 (1)        2016 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 7,548   
 2,183   
 1,587   
 176   
 117   
 (7)   
 198   
 323   

 3.10   
 3.08   
 0.70   

 8,005   
 2,543   
 1,650   
 179   
 65   
 11   
 12   
 491   

 4.52   
 4.50   
 1.52   

 7,939   
 2,528   
 1,614   
 178   
 37   
 9   
 5   
 541   

 4.68   
 4.66   
 1.38   

 7,782   
 2,456   
 1,501   
 173   
 211   
 2   
 5   
 284   

 2.23   
 2.22   
 1.24   

 104.3   
 105.1   

 108.7   
 109.1   

 115.6   
 116.1   

 127.2   
 127.9   

 1,680   
 923   
 788   
 7,043   
 110   
 2,776   

 417   
 21.0 % 
 4.3 % 
 3.9 % 
 501  
 6.6 % 
 428  
 5.7 % 
 4.7 % 
 8.6 % 
 35.2 % 
 1.7   

 907   
 1,208   
 824   
 6,589   
 122   
 2,473   

 510   
 20.6  
 6.1  
 6.7  
 661  
 8.3  
 722  
 9.0  
 9.4  
 12.5  
 49.4  
 2.0   

 891   
 1,269   
 836   
 3,820   
 124   
 2,506   

 504   
 20.3   
 6.8   
 6.9   
 704   
 8.9   
 741   
 9.3   
 13.9   
 12.0   
 51.7   
 3.3   

 849   
 1,278   
 866   
 3,961   
 125   
 2,519   

 495   
 19.3   
 3.6   
 6.6   
 576   
 7.4   
 762   
 9.9   
 7.3   
 11.0   
 54.4   
 4.1   

 159   
 2,998   
 7.50   
 12.98   

 187   
 3,129   
 7.57   
 13.15   

 187   
 3,221   
 7.63   
 13.24   

 274   
 3,310   
 7.71   
 13.30   

 7,766 
 2,636 
 1,472 
 158 
 6 
 (2) 
 6 
 664 

 4.95 
 4.91 
 1.10 

 134.0 
 135.1 

 1,046 
 1,307 
 765 
 3,840 
 127 
 2,710 

 515 
 19.0 
 8.6 
 8.4 
 1,006 
 13.0 
 1,012 
 13.0 
 17.4 
 15.1 
 48.5 
 4.3 

 266 
 3,363 
 7.63 
 13.12 

(1)  2017 represented the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018. 
(2)  Calculated as store sales divided by the average monthly ending gross square footage of the last thirteen months. The computation for each of 
the years presented reflects the foreign exchange rate in effect for such year. The 2017 amount has been calculated excluding the sales of the 
53rd week. 

(3)  These represent non-GAAP measures, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 

for additional information and calculation. 

(4)  Represents total debt and obligations under leases, net of cash, and cash equivalents. For 2016 to 2018, this calculation includes the present 
value of operating leases prior to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard and therefore was considered a non-GAAP measure. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

This  section  of  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  generally  discusses  2020  and  2019  detail  and  year-over-year 
comparisons between 2020 and 2019. For a comparison of our results for 2019 to our results of 2018 and other financial 
information related to 2018, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 2020 filed with the 
SEC on March 27, 2020.  

Business Overview 

Foot Locker, Inc. leads the celebration of sneaker and youth culture around the globe through  a portfolio of brands 
including Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Champs Sports, Eastbay, Footaction, and Sidestep. As of 
January 30, 2021, we operated 2,998 primarily mall-based stores, as well as stores in high-traffic urban retail areas 
and high streets, in 27 countries across the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and Asia. Our 
purpose is to inspire and empower youth culture around the world, by fueling a shared passion for self-expression and 
creating unrivaled experiences at the heart of the global sneaker community. 

Foot Locker, Inc. uses its omni-channel capabilities to bridge the digital world and physical stores, including order-in-
store, buy online and pickup-in-store, and buy online and ship-from-store, as well as e-commerce. We operate websites 
and  mobile  apps  aligned  with  the  brand  names  of  our  store  banners  (including  footlocker.com,  ladyfootlocker.com, 
kidsfootlocker.com, champssports.com, footaction.com, footlocker.ca, footlocker.eu (and related e-commerce sites in 
the various European countries that we operate) footlocker.com.au, footlocker.com.nz, sidestep-shoes.de, sidestep-
shoes.nl, footlocker.mo, footlocker.hk, footlocker.sg, and footlocker.my). These sites offer some of the largest online 
product selections and provide a seamless link between e-commerce and physical stores. We also operate the websites 
for eastbay.com, final-score.com, and eastbayteamsales.com. 

Segment Reporting 

Our operating segments are identified according to how our business activities are managed and evaluated by our chief 
operating  decision  maker,  our  CEO.  We  have  three  operating  segments,  North  America,  Europe,  Middle  East,  and 
Africa (“EMEA”), and Asia Pacific. Our North America operating segment includes the results of the following banners 
operating in the U.S. and Canada: Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, Champs Sports, and Footaction, 
including each of their related e-commerce businesses, as well as our Eastbay business that includes internet, catalog, 
and team sales. Our EMEA operating segment includes the results of the following banners operating in Europe: Foot 
Locker,  Sidestep,  and  Kids  Foot  Locker,  including  each  of  their  related  e-commerce  businesses.  Our  Asia  Pacific 
operating segment includes the results of Foot Locker and Kids Foot Locker operating in Australia, New Zealand, and 
Asia as well as the related e-commerce businesses. We have further aggregated these operating segments into one 
reportable segment based upon their shared customer base and similar economic characteristics. 

COVID-19 

COVID-19 had a significant effect on overall economic conditions in the various geographic areas in which we have 
operations. Our top priority is to protect our team members and their families, our customers, and our operations. We 
have taken all precautionary measures as directed by health authorities and local, state, and national governments. In 
response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  temporarily  closed  our  stores  across  all  of  our  brands  in  North  America, 
EMEA, and Asia Pacific throughout the year. The following represents a summary of the percentage of time that our 
stores  were  open,  although  there  were  significant  regional  variances  by  quarter  and  other  restrictions  that  reduced 
operating hours as well: 

Period 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter 
Full Year 

Open days 
48 percent  
70 percent  
93 percent   
87 percent   
75 percent   

We continue to monitor the outbreak of COVID-19 and other closures, or closures for a longer period of time, reduced 
operating hours, capacity limitations, and social distancing may be required to help ensure the health and safety of our 
team members and our customers. COVID-19 has and may continue to have an effect on ports and trade, as well as 
global travel.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have set up a special COVID-19 task force which is overseeing the necessary precautionary measures to protect 
the health and safety of our team members as well as following the guidance provided by local health authorities.  

Given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the duration of business disruption, and reduced customer traffic, 
the related financial affect cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our business for the 
full year of 2021. 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures 

In addition to reporting our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), 
we  report  certain  financial  results  that  differ  from  what  is  reported  under  GAAP.  In  the  following  tables,  we  have 
presented certain financial measures and ratios identified as non-GAAP such as Earnings Before Interest and Taxes 
(“EBIT”), adjusted EBIT, adjusted EBIT margin, adjusted income before income taxes, adjusted net income, adjusted 
net income margin, adjusted diluted earnings per share, Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), and free cash flow.  

We present these non-GAAP measures because we believe they assist investors in comparing our performance across 
reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that are not indicative of our core business or which affect 
comparability.  These  non-GAAP  measures  are  also  useful  in  assessing  our  progress  in  achieving  our  long-term 
financial objectives. 

Additionally,  we  present  certain  amounts  as  excluding  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations,  which  are  also 
considered non-GAAP measures. Throughout the following discussions, where amounts are expressed as excluding 
the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, such changes are determined by translating all amounts in both years using 
the prior-year average foreign exchange rates. Presenting amounts on a constant currency basis is useful to investors 
because  it  enables  them  to  better  understand  the  changes  in  our  businesses  that  are  not  related  to  currency 
movements. 

We estimate the tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments by applying a marginal rate to each of the respective items. 
The income tax items represent the discrete amount that affected the period.  

The non-GAAP financial information is provided in addition to, and not as an alternative to, our reported results prepared 
in accordance with GAAP. Presented below is a reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results discussed throughout 
this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Please  see  the  non-GAAP  reconciliations  for  free  cash  flow  in  the  “Liquidity  and 
Capital Resources” section. 

Reconciliation: 

($ in millions) 
Pre-tax income: 
Income before income taxes 
Pre-tax adjustments excluded from GAAP: 

Impairment and other charges (1) 
Other income, net (2) 

Adjusted income before income taxes (non-GAAP) 

Calculation of Earnings Before Interest and Taxes (EBIT): 
Income before income taxes 
Interest (expense)/income, net 
EBIT  

Adjusted income before income taxes 
Interest (expense)/income, net 
Adjusted EBIT (non-GAAP) 

EBIT margin % 
Adjusted EBIT margin % 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 494  

$ 

 672  

$ 

 713  

 117  
 (190)  
 421  

 494  
 (7)  
 501  

 421  
 (7)  
 428  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 65  
 (4)  
 733  

 672  
 11  
 661  

 733  
 11  
 722  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 37  
 —  
 750  

 713  
 9  
 704  

 750  
 9  
 741  

6.6 %     
5.7 %     

 8.3 %     
 9.0 %     

 8.9 % 
 9.3 % 

2020 Form 10-K Page 19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
($ in millions) 
After-tax income: 
Net income 
After-tax adjustments excluded from GAAP: 

Impairment and other charges, net of income tax benefit of $24, $16, 

and $6, respectively (1) 

Other income, net, net of income tax expense of $50, $-, and $- (2) 
Tax charge related to revaluation of certain intellectual property  

 rights (3) 

Tax expense/(benefit) related to tax law rate changes (4) 
U.S. tax reform (5) 
Income tax valuation allowances (6) 
Tax benefit related to enacted change in foreign branch currency 

regulations (7) 

Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) 

Earnings per share: 
Diluted EPS 
Diluted EPS amounts excluded from GAAP: 

Impairment and other charges (1) 
Other income, net (2) 
Tax charge related to revaluation of certain intellectual property  

 rights (3) 

Tax expense/(benefit) related to tax law rate changes (4) 
U.S. tax reform (5) 
Income tax valuation allowances (6) 
Tax benefit related to enacted change in foreign branch currency 

regulations (7) 

Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) 

Net income margin % 
Adjusted net income margin % 

Notes on Non-GAAP Adjustments: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 323  

$ 

 491  

$ 

 541  

93  
 (140)  

 25  
 (5)  
 —  
 —  

 49  
 (4)  

 —  
 (2)  
 2  
 2  

 31  
 —  

 —  
 4  
 (28)  
 —  

  $ 

 —  
 296  

$ 

 —  
 538  

$ 

 (1)  
 547  

  $ 

 3.08  

$ 

 4.50  

$ 

 4.66  

 0.87  
 (1.33)  

 0.24  
 (0.05)  
 —  
 —  

 0.44  
 (0.04)  

 (0.02)  
 0.02  
 0.03  

 0.27  
 —  

 0.04  
 (0.25)  
 —  

  $ 

 —  
 2.81  

$ 

 —  
 4.93  

$ 

 (0.01)  
 4.71  

 4.3 %     
 3.9 %     

 6.1 %     
 6.7 %     

 6.8 % 
 6.9 % 

(1)  For 2020, 2019, and 2018, we recorded impairment and other charges of $117 million ($93 million net of tax), $65 million ($49 million net of tax), 

and $37 million ($31 million net of tax), respectively. See the Impairment and Other Charges section for further information.  

(2)  During 2020, one of our minority investments, which is measured using the fair value measurement alternative, received additional funding in the 
third quarter of 2020 at a higher valuation than our initial investment. As a result, we recorded a $190 million non-cash gain, or $140 million net 
of tax, during the third quarter of 2020. In 2019, Other income, net represented a gain recorded in connection with acquisition of  a Canadian 
distribution center lease and related assets. The tax expense related to this transaction was largely offset by the release of a valuation allowance.  
(3)  We recorded a $25 million tax charge related to the revaluation of certain intellectual property rights, pursuant to a non-U.S. advance pricing 

agreement.  

(4)  We recognized a tax benefit of $5 million and $2 million during the fourth quarters of 2020 and 2019, respectively, and a tax expense of $4 million 

during the fourth quarter 2018 in connection with tax law changes in the Netherlands.  

(5)  On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted tax reform legislation that included a broad range of business tax provisions. In 2017, we 
recognized a $99 million provisional charge for the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign sourced net earnings and a corresponding change 
in our permanent reinvestment assertion under ASC 740-30. During 2018, we reduced the provisional amounts by $28 million. This adjustment 
represented a $21 million reduction in the deemed repatriation tax and a $7 million benefit related to IRS accounting method changes and timing 
difference adjustments. In 2019, we recorded a charge for $2 million, which reflected an adjustment to U.S. tax on foreign income. We exclude 
the discrete U.S. tax reform effect from our Adjusted diluted EPS as it does not reflect our ongoing tax obligations under U.S. tax reform. 

(6)  Valuation allowances were established against deferred tax assets associated with certain foreign tax losses. 
(7)  During 2018, the U.S. Treasury issued a notice that delayed the effective date of regulations under Internal Revenue Code Section 987. The 
effective date was further delayed by a notice issued in the fourth quarter of 2019 and third quarter of 2020. These regulations changed our 
method for determining the tax effects of foreign currency translation gains and losses for our foreign businesses that are operated as branches 
and are reported in a currency other than the currency of their parent. As a result of the delay in the effective date, we updated our calculations 
for the effect of these regulations, which resulted in an increase to deferred tax assets and a corresponding reduction in our income tax provision 
in the amount of $1 million in 2018. The adjustments recorded in 2020 and 2019 were not significant. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
 
     
 
     
 
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Return on Invested Capital  

ROIC is presented below and represents a non-GAAP measure. We believe ROIC is a meaningful measure because 
it quantifies how efficiently we generated operating income relative to the capital we have invested in the business. 
ROIC, subject to certain adjustments, is also used as a measure in executive long-term incentive compensation. 

The closest U.S. GAAP measure to ROIC is Return on Assets (“ROA”) and is also presented below. ROA is calculated 
as  net  income  in  the  fiscal  year  divided  by  the  two-year  average  of  total  assets.  ROA  decreased  to  4.7  percent  as 
compared with 9.4 percent in the prior year. This decrease reflected lower net income and higher average total assets, 
primarily driven by an increase in cash and cash equivalents partially offset by lower merchandise inventories.  

Prior to the adoption of the new lease standard in 2019, we adjusted our results to reflect our operating leases as if 
they qualified for finance lease treatment or as if the property were purchased. The presentation in 2018 did not reflect 
the  requirements  of  the  new  lease  standard.  With  the  adoption  of  this  standard,  leases  are  now  recorded  on  the 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  and  therefore,  certain  adjustments  are  no  longer  required.  Our  ROIC  decreased  to 
8.6 percent in 2020, as compared with 12.5 percent in the prior year. The overall decrease in ROIC reflected a decrease 
in adjusted return after taxes due to the lower profitability caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.  

ROA (1) 
ROIC % 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 4.7 %    
 8.6 %    

 9.4 %    
 12.5 %    

 13.9 % 
 12.0 % 

(1)  Represents net income of $323 million, $491 million, and $541 million divided by average total assets of $6,816 million, $5,205 million, and $3,891 

million for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Calculation of ROIC: 
($ in millions) 
Adjusted EBIT 
+ Rent expense (1) 
- Estimated depreciation on capitalized operating leases (1) 
+ Interest component of straight-line rent expense (2) 
Adjusted net operating profit 
- Adjusted income tax expense (3) 
= Adjusted return after taxes  
Average total assets (4) 
- Average cash and cash equivalents 
- Average non-interest bearing current liabilities 
- Average merchandise inventories 
+ Average estimated asset base of capitalized operating 

leases (1) 

+ Average right-of-use assets (5) 
+ 13-month average merchandise inventories 
= Average invested capital 
ROIC % 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 428  
 —  
 —  
 158  
 586  
 (167)  
 419  
 6,816  
 (1,294)  
 (819)  
 (1,066)  

$ 

$ 
$ 

 722  
 —  
 —  
 173  
 895  
 (236)  
 659  
 3,755  
 (899)  
 (720)  
 (1,239)  

 741  
 750  
 (603)  
 —  
 888  
 (241)  
 647  
 3,891  
 (870)  
 (690)  
 (1,274)  

 —  
 —  
 1,243  
 4,880  

$ 
 8.6 %     

 —  
 3,024  
 1,361  
 5,282  

$ 
 12.5 %     

 2,989  
 —  
 1,337  
 5,383  

 12.0 % 

(1)  For 2018, the determination of the capitalized operating leases and the adjustments to income was calculated on a lease-by-lease basis and 
represented the best estimate of the asset base that would be recorded for operating leases as if they had been classified as finance leases or 
as if the property were purchased. No such adjustments are required for 2020 and 2019 since leases are accounted for on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet after the adoption of the new leasing standard.  

(2)  Represents the add-back to operating income driven by the hypothetical interest expense we would incur if the property under our operating 
leases were owned or accounted for as finance leases. Calculated using the discount rate for each operating lease recorded as a component of 
rent expense. Operating lease interest is added back to adjusted net operating profit in the ROIC calculation to account for differences in capital 
structure between us and our competitors. 

(3)  The adjusted income tax expense represents the marginal tax rate applied to adjusted net operating profit for each of the periods presented. 
(4)  For  2019,  the  amount  represents  the  average  total  assets  for  2019  and  2018,  excluding  the  2019  right-of-use  assets  of  $2,899  million  for 

comparability to prior periods.  

(5)  For 2019, the amount represents the average of the right-of-use assets as of February 1, 2020 and February 3, 2019 (the date of the adoption of 

the new lease standard) of $2,899 million and $3,148 million, respectively.   

2020 Form 10-K Page 21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
      
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Overview of Consolidated Results 

(in millions, except per share data) 
Sales 

Sales per average square foot 

Gross margin 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 

Operating Results 
Division profit 
Less: Other charges 
Less: Corporate expense 
Income from operations 
Interest (expense) income, net 
Other income, net 
Income before income taxes 

Net income 
Diluted earnings per share 

Highlights of our 2020 financial performance include: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 7,548   $ 
 417  
 2,183  
 1,587  
 176  

 8,005   $ 
 510  
 2,543  
 1,650  
 179  

 491   $ 
 117  
 71  
 303  
 (7)  
 198  
 494   $ 

 323   $ 
 3.08   $ 

 788   $ 

 65  
 74  
 649  
 11  
 12  

 672   $ 

 491   $ 
 4.50   $ 

 7,939 
 504 
 2,528 
 1,614 
 178 

 808 
 37 
 72 
 699 
 9 
 5 
 713 

 541 
 4.66 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

•  COVID-19 had a significant effect on overall economic conditions in the various geographic areas in which we 
have operations. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, stores across all of our brands in North America, 
EMEA, and Asia Pacific were temporarily closed for various periods during the year. As a result of COVID-19, 
our  stores  were  open  for  approximately  75  percent  of  operating  days  within  2020.  While  we  attempted  to 
mitigate the loss of sales by employing strategies such as buy on-line and pick-up in store or other curbside 
services, it was not enough to offset the decrease. Social unrest in the United States and Canada also affected 
our sales performance and affected our results due to the losses that were sustained. 

•  Footwear sales increased to 84 percent of total sales for 2020, as compared with 83 percent in the prior year.  
•  Our  stores  channel  experienced  decreases  in  sales  due  to  the  previously  mentioned  store  closures  and 

resulting reduced customer traffic to shopping centers and malls. 

•  Sales per square foot decreased to $417 reflecting store closures and related reduced customer traffic. 
•  Our direct-to-customers sales channel represented 27.8 percent of total sales in 2020, an increase from 16.1 
percent  in  the  prior  year.  Our  ongoing  investments  in  our  omnichannel  ecosystem,  including  supply  chain 
capabilities, have been instrumental in delivering a seamless customer experience.  

•  As  noted  in  the  table  below,  sales  and  comparable  sales  both  decreased  due  to  closures  of  our  stores 
throughout the year as a result of COVID-19. Our direct-to-customers channel generated significant increases 
which partially offset the sales declines in the stores channel.  

Sales (decrease)/increase 
Comparable sales (decrease)/increase 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 (5.7) %   
 (5.9) %   

 0.8 %   
 2.2 %   

 2.0 % 
 2.7 % 

•  Gross margin, as a percentage of sales, decreased to 28.9 percent as a result of increased promotions and 

the higher portion of direct-to-customer sales, which bear higher freight costs.   

•  SG&A expenses were 21.0 percent of sales, an increase of 40 basis points as compared with the prior year. 
The increase reflected lower sales and an increase in personal protective equipment costs, partially offset by 
governmental retention credits.  

•  Net  income  was  $323  million,  or  $3.08  diluted  earnings  per  share,  which  represented  a  decrease  from  the 
prior-year period. This decrease reflected lower sales and higher impairment charges, partially offset by an 
increase  in  other  income.  Adjusted  net  income  was  $296  million,  or  $2.81  diluted  earnings  per  share,  as 
compared with adjusted net income of $538 million, or $4.93 diluted earnings per share. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
Highlights of our financial position for the year ended January 30, 2021 include: 

•  Due to the pandemic, we took various actions to enhance our liquidity, which included borrowing under our 
revolving  credit  facility  and  expense  reductions  across  the  organization,  including  lease  concessions 
negotiated  with  landlords  that  reduced  or  deferred  our  lease-related  payments,  scaled-back  merchandise 
inventory  orders,  extended  payment  terms  with  merchandise  vendors,  temporary  workforce  reductions, 
reduced  capital  spending,  reduced  salaries  and  deferred  incentive  compensation  for  the  CEO  and  senior 
executives, and the suspension of our dividend payment in the second quarter, among other measures. 
•  We  ended  the  year  in  a  strong  financial  position.  At  year  end,  we  had  $1,580  million  of  cash  and  cash 
equivalents, net of debt. Cash and cash equivalents at January 30, 2021 were $1,680 million. Our ending cash 
balance was elevated, in part, due to the higher-than-normal accounts payable and accrued expenses due to 
timing of merchandise receipts. 

•  Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,062 million as compared with $696 million last year.  
•  During the year we amended our revolving credit facility, increasing it to a $600 million asset-based revolving 

credit facility maturing on July 14, 2025. No amounts were outstanding at January 30, 2021. 

•  Cash capital expenditures during 2020 totaled $159 million and were primarily directed to the remodeling or 
relocation of 80 stores, the build-out of 70 new stores, as well as other technology and infrastructure projects. 
•  During 2020, we returned $110 million of cash to our shareholders. Dividends totaling $73 million were declared 
and paid during 2020, and 968,547 shares were repurchased under our share repurchase program at a cost 
of $37 million. In February 2021, our Board of Directors approved a dividend of $0.20 per share payable on 
April  30,  2021.  These  initiatives  demonstrate  our  commitment  to  delivering  meaningful  returns  to  our 
shareholders. 

Sales 

All references to comparable-store sales for a given period relate to sales of stores that were open at the period-end 
and had been open for more than one year. The computation of consolidated comparable sales also includes direct-to-
customers sales. Stores opened or closed during the period are not included in the comparable-store base; however, 
stores  closed  temporarily  for  relocation  or  remodeling  are  included.  Stores  that  were  temporarily  closed  due  to  the 
COVID-19 pandemic are also included in the computation of comparable-store sales. Computations exclude the effect 
of foreign currency fluctuations.  

The information shown below represents certain sales metrics by sales channel:  

($ in millions) 
Stores 
Sales 
$ Change 
% Change 
% of total sales 
Comparable sales (decrease)/increase 

Direct-to-customers  
Sales 
$ Change 
% Change 
% of total sales 
Comparable sales increase 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 5,447   $ 
 (1,273)   $ 
 (18.9) %   
 72.2 %   
 (19.3) %   

 2,101   $ 
 816   $ 
 63.5 %   
 27.8 %   
 62.8 %   

 6,720   $ 
 6   $ 

 0.1 %   
 83.9 %   
 1.6 %   

 1,285   $ 
 60   $ 
 4.9 %   
 16.1 %   
 5.6 %   

 6,714  
 41  
0.6 % 
 84.6 % 
 1.1 % 

 1,225  
116  
10.5 % 
 15.4 % 
 12.3 % 

In 2020, sales decreased by 5.7 percent to $7,548 million from sales of $8,005 million in 2019. Excluding the effect of 
foreign currency fluctuations, sales decreased by 6.3 percent as compared with 2019.  

Comparable sales decreased by 5.9 percent as compared with the prior year. The overall comparable sales decline 
was a result of store closures throughout the year necessitated by COVID-19, this was partially offset by our direct-to-
customers channel, which increased by 62.8 percent as compared with the prior year. Our ongoing investments in our 
omnichannel ecosystem, including supply chain capabilities, have been instrumental in delivering a seamless customer 
experience resulting in our digital business representing 27.8 percent of our sales for 2020. Our investments allowed 
us  to  leverage  our  direct-to  customers  business  to  continue  to  serve  our  customers  achieving  record  daily  volume 
levels. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our EMEA and North America operating segments had comparable sales declines, while our Asia Pacific operating 
segment generated an increase. The decline in EMEA and North America primarily came from the stores channel as a 
result  of  the  temporary  closures  of  our  stores  across  all  of  our  banners  at  various  times  during  the  year  due  to  the 
pandemic. Within North America, our Kids Foot Locker and Footaction business generated increases and our Champs 
Sports business was essentially flat with all other banners being negative. EMEA’s temporary store closures were for 
longer  periods  of  time  and  therefore  all  banners  operating  in  EMEA  declined.  Our  Asia  Pacific  operating  segment 
increases were led by strong sales in our Australia e-commerce business.  

From  a  product  perspective,  we  experienced  a  decline  across  all  product  categories  (footwear,  apparel,  and 
accessories) primarily due to closures necessitated by COVID-19. Sales of men’s basketball and women’s footwear 
were positive for the year. Additionally, our women’s apparel sales also generated an increase for the year. 

Gross Margin 

Gross margin rate 
Basis point (decrease) increase in the gross margin rate 

Components of the change- 

Merchandise margin rate (decline) / improvement 
Lower / (higher) occupancy and buyers’ compensation 
expense rate 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 28.9 %   
 (290)   

 31.8 %   
 —   

 31.8 % 
 20  

 (340)   

 50   

 (30)   

 30   

 30  

 (10)  

Gross  margin  is  calculated  as  sales  minus  cost  of  sales.  Cost  of  sales  includes  the  cost  of  merchandise,  freight, 
distribution costs including related depreciation expense, shipping and handling, occupancy and buyers’ compensation. 
Occupancy  costs  include  rent  (including  fixed  common  area  maintenance  charges  and  other  fixed  non-lease 
components), real estate taxes, general maintenance, and utilities. 

Overall, the gross margin rate decreased to 28.9 percent as compared with the prior year rate of 31.8 percent. The 
decline in the gross margin rate was due to increased promotions to remain competitive in the marketplace and to clear 
inventory, as well as the higher portion of direct-to-customer sales, which bear higher freight costs. The promotional 
stance was partially necessitated by COVID-19 related store closures and our inability to return slow-moving inventory 
to our suppliers. Offsetting, in part, the higher promotional markdowns taken was increased supplier support, which 
positively affected the gross margin rate by 80 basis points as compared with the prior year. 

The  occupancy  rate  was  positively  affected  by  COVID-19  related  rent  abatements.  Due  to  completed  lease 
negotiations, we were able to record $67 million of rent savings due primarily to rent abatements during the year. We 
record rent abatements in rent expense when the negotiations are completed and the leases are modified.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A) 
($ in millions) 
SG&A 
$ Change 
% Change 
SG&A as a percentage of sales 

  $ 
  $ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 
 1,587  
 (63)  
$ 
 (3.8) %     
 21.0 %     

$ 
 1,650  
 36  
$ 
 2.2 %     
 20.6 %     

 1,614  
 113  
 7.5 %   

 20.3 % 

SG&A decreased by $63 million, or 3.8 percent, in 2020, as compared with the prior year. As a percentage of sales, 
the  SG&A  rate  increased  by  40  basis  points  as  compared  with  2019.  Excluding  the  effect  of  foreign  currency 
fluctuations, SG&A decreased by $78 million, or 4.7 percent, as compared with the prior year.  

SG&A included CARES Act retention credits and similar governmental subsidies of $71 million, as we continued to pay 
our employees throughout most of the first quarter despite the temporary store closures. We also incurred incremental 
expenses of $14 million for personal protective equipment. We carefully managed expenses by reducing spending in 
all areas of the business, including marketing and travel, among other categories. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

($ in millions) 
Depreciation and amortization 
$ Change 
% Change 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

$ 
 176  
 (3)  
$ 
 (1.7) %     

$ 
 179  
 1  
$ 
 0.6 %     

 178  
 5  
 2.9 %   

2020 Form 10-K Page 24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
   
     
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
  
 
Capital  expenditures  were  reduced  at  the  onset  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  this  contributed  to  the  $3  million 
reduction in depreciation and amortization in 2020  as compared with 2019. Excluding the  effect of foreign currency 
fluctuations, depreciation and amortization decreased by $5 million as compared with the prior year.  

Operating Results 

Division profit was $491 million, or 6.5 percent of sales in 2020. This compares with $788 million, or 9.8 percent of 
sales, for the prior year. The decline was from our stores channel and was partially offset by an increase in our direct-
to-customers  channel.  Our  direct-to-customers  channel  improved  its  gross  margins  and  both  channels  significantly 
reduced operating costs as mitigation for the loss of sales caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Impairment and Other Charges 

Due to COVID-19 and its effect on our actual and projected results, during the first quarter of 2020 we determined that 
a triggering event occurred for certain underperforming stores operating in Europe and, therefore, we conducted an 
impairment  review.  We  evaluated  the  long-lived  assets,  including  the  right-of-use  assets,  and  recorded  non-cash 
charges of $15 million to write down store fixtures, leasehold improvements, and right-of-use assets of 70 stores. During 
the fourth quarter of 2020, we conducted an additional impairment review for approximately 90 underperforming stores. 
We evaluated the long-lived assets, including the right-of-use assets and recorded non-cash charges of $62 million to 
write down store fixtures, leasehold improvements, and right-of-use assets for approximately 60 of those stores.  

Losses  related  to  social  unrest  represented  inventory  losses,  damages  to  store  property,  repairs,  and  other  costs 
incurred in connection with the riots that affected certain parts of the United States and Canada during 2020 and resulted 
in a loss of $18 million. Approximately 140 stores were damaged due to the unrest. The total charge included inventory 
losses of $15 million, damages to store property of $1  million, and repairs and other costs of $2 million. During the 
fourth quarter, we recorded a partial insurance recovery of $10 million. We are continuing to work with our insurers to 
determine  the  remaining  amount  of  our  covered  losses  under  our  property  insurance  policy.  Additional  insurance 
recoveries will be recorded in the period in which we conclude our settlement discussions with our insurance providers.   

In May 2020, we made the strategic decision to shut down our Runners Point business and to consolidate our Sidestep 
support staff into our other operations in Europe. Also, as part of the next phase of the Champs Sports and Eastbay 
strategic initiative, we restructured positions and aligned several functions across the banners and consolidated certain 
Eastbay operations into Champs Sports. We recorded charges of $19 million related to the shutdown of the Runners 
Point  business  and  $3  million  related  to  the  reorganization  associated  with  Eastbay.  We  also  recorded  a  charge  of 
$4  million  in  connection  with  the  reorganization  of  certain  support  functions  and  supply  chain  operations  within  our 
EMEA segment.  

During 2020, we recorded charges totaling $4 million related to the write-down of one of our minority investments and 
we incurred $2 million related to the pension matter and related plan reformation.  

See Note 3, Impairment and Other Charges for additional information. 

Corporate Expense 
($ in millions) 
Corporate expense 
$ Change 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

 71   $ 
 (3)   $ 

 74   $ 
 2   $ 

 72 
 24 

Corporate  expense  consists  of  unallocated  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  well  as  depreciation  and 
amortization related to our corporate headquarters, centrally managed departments, unallocated insurance and benefit 
programs,  certain  foreign  exchange  transaction  gains  and  losses,  and  other  items.  Depreciation  and  amortization 
included in corporate expense was $24 million, $19 million, and $18 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

The  allocation  of  corporate  expense  to  the  operating  divisions  is  adjusted  annually  based  upon  an  internal  study; 
accordingly, the allocation increased by $28 million in 2020, thus reducing corporate expense. Excluding the corporate 
allocation change, corporate expense increased by $25 million as compared with 2019. This increase was primarily 
due to higher incentive compensation expense. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
Interest (Expense) Income, net 
($ in millions) 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Interest (expense) income, net 
Weighted-average interest rate (excluding fees) 

$ 

$ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

 (13)  
 6  
 (7)  
$ 
 6.6 %     

$ 

 (10)  
 21  
 11  
$ 
 6.9 %     

 (11)  
 20  
 9  
 7.0 % 

We recorded net interest expense of $7 million in 2020 as compared with net interest income of $11 million in 2019. 
Interest income decreased as a result of lower average interest rates on our cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, 
interest expense increased due to the drawdown of the revolving credit facility in March 2020 and higher costs related 
to the new revolving credit facility. In the first quarter of 2020, we borrowed $330 million of our credit facility which was 
repaid in full during the second quarter of 2020. 

Other Income, net 
($ in millions) 
Other income, net 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 198   $ 

 12   $ 

 5  

Other income, net includes non-operating items, franchise royalty income, gains associated with disposal of property, 
changes in fair value, premiums paid, and realized gains associated with foreign currency option contracts, changes in 
the market value of our available-for-sale security, premiums paid to repurchase and retire bonds, changes in value for 
our investments accounted for using the fair value measurement alternative, which is at cost adjusted for changes in 
observable prices minus impairment, our share of earnings or losses related to our equity method investments, and net 
benefit expense or income related to our pension and postretirement programs, excluding the service cost component. 

One of our minority investments, which is measured using the fair value measurement alternative, received additional 
funding at a higher valuation than our initial investment. As a result, we recorded a $190 million non-cash gain during 
the third quarter of 2020. Other income, net also included $6 million of royalty income, $5 million of net benefit income 
relating to our pension and post retirement programs. This income was partially offset by $2 million in premiums paid 
in  connection  with  the  repurchase  and  retirement  of  bonds  and  a  $1  million  loss  related  to  our  equity  method 
investments.  

Income Taxes 

Our effective tax rate for 2020 was 34.5 percent, as compared with 27.0 percent in 2019. The increase was primarily 
due  to  valuation  allowances  for  losses  in  certain  foreign  jurisdictions  and  a  $25  million  tax  charge  related  to  the 
revaluation of certain intellectual property rights pursuant to a non-U.S. advance pricing agreement. Additionally, during 
the fourth quarters of 2020 and 2019, we recorded tax benefits of $5 million and $2 million, respectively, in connection 
with tax law changes in the Netherlands. 

We  regularly  assess  the  adequacy  of  provisions  for  income  tax  contingencies  in  accordance  with  the  applicable 
authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  income  taxes.  As  a  result,  reserves  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  be 
adjusted due to new facts and developments, such as changes to interpretations of relevant tax law, assessments from 
taxing  authorities,  settlements  with  taxing  authorities,  and  lapses  of  statutes  of  limitations.  The  changes  in  the  tax 
reserves were not significant in 2020 and 2019.  

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law in 
the  U.S.  to  provide  certain  relief  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  On  December  27,  the  Consolidations 
Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CAA”) was signed into law to fund the federal government through the end of the fiscal year, 
provide further COVID-19 economic relief, and extend certain expiring tax provisions. In addition, governments around 
the world enacted or implemented various forms of tax relief measures in response to the economic conditions in the 
wake of COVID-19. We are required to recognize the effects of tax law changes in the period of enactment. We have 
assessed  the  applicability  of  the  CARES  Act  &  CAA,  (combined  as  “Acts”),  and  changes  to  income  tax  laws  or 
regulations in other jurisdictions and determined there is no significant effect on our income tax provision for the year 
ended January 30, 2021. We continue to assess the effect of the Acts and ongoing government guidance related to 
COVID-19 that may be issued. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our primary source of liquidity has been cash flow from operations, while the principal uses of cash have been to fund 
inventory  and  other  working  capital  requirements;  finance  capital  expenditures  related  to  store  openings,  store 
remodelings,  internet  and  mobile  sites,  information  systems,  and  other  support  facilities;  make  retirement  plan 
contributions, quarterly dividend payments, and interest payments; and fund other cash requirements to support the 
development  of  our  short-term  and  long-term  operating  strategies.  We  generally  finance  real  estate  with  operating 
leases.  We  believe  our  cash,  cash  equivalents,  future  cash  flow  from  operations,  and  amounts  available  under  our 
credit agreement will be adequate to fund these requirements.  

We  may  also  repurchase  our  common  stock  through  open  market  purchases,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  or 
otherwise.  Such  repurchases  if  any,  will  depend  on  prevailing  market  conditions,  liquidity  requirements,  contractual 
restrictions,  and  other  factors.  The  amounts  involved  may  be  material.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  approximately 
$830 million remained available under our current $1.2 billion share repurchase program.   

In February 2021, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per share to be paid on April 30, 2021, 
representing a 33 percent increase over the previous quarterly per share amount. 

In January 2022, we will repay the $98 million principal outstanding of our 8.5 percent debentures.  

Any material adverse change in customer demand, fashion trends, competitive market forces, or customer acceptance 
of our merchandise mix and retail locations, uncertainties related to the effect of competitive products and pricing, our 
reliance on a few key suppliers for a significant portion of our merchandise purchases and risks associated with global 
product sourcing, economic conditions worldwide, the effects of currency fluctuations, uncertainties caused by COVID-
19, as well as other factors listed under the heading “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” could affect 
our ability to continue to fund our liquidity needs from business operations. 

Maintaining access to merchandise that we consider appropriate for our business may be subject to the policies and 
practices of our key suppliers. Therefore, we believe that it is critical to continue to maintain satisfactory relationships 
with these key suppliers. We purchased approximately 91 percent of our merchandise from our top five suppliers in 
both 2020 and 2019 and expect to continue to obtain a significant percentage of our athletic product from these suppliers 
in future periods. Approximately 75 percent and 71 percent was purchased from one supplier, Nike, Inc., in 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

Planned capital expenditures in 2021 are $275 million. Included in the planned amount is $160 million dedicated to real 
estate projects designed to elevate our customers’ in-store experience. The real estate total includes the remodeling or 
expansion  of  approximately  130  existing  stores,  as  well  as  the  planned  opening  of  approximately  100  new  stores, 
including the continued expansion of our off-mall community-based and “power” store formats, which provide pinnacle 
retail experiences that deliver connected customer interactions through service, experience, product, and a sense of 
community.  The  real  estate  total  also  includes  continued  expansion  in  Asia.  Finally,  the  capital  plan  for  2021  also 
includes  $115  million  for  digital  and  supply  chain  initiatives.  As  shown  in  2020,  we  have  the  ability  to  revise  and 
reschedule much of the anticipated capital expenditure program should our financial position require it.  

Operating Activities 
($ in millions) 
Net cash provided by operating activities 
$ Change 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

 1,062   $ 
 366   $ 

 696   $ 
 (85)   $ 

 781 
 (32) 

The amount provided by operating activities reflects income adjusted for non-cash items and working capital changes. 
Adjustments  to  net  income  for  non-cash  items  include  non-cash  gains,  non-cash  impairment  and  other  charges, 
depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, and share-based compensation expense.  

The  increase  in  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  in  2020  compared  with  the  prior  year  reflected  higher  inflows 
associated with working capital changes, partially offset by lower net income and a non-cash gain. In response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic we carefully managed our inventory levels. We were also affected by lack of available inventory 
caused, in part, by slowdowns in the supply chain environment. During 2020, we did not make any contributions to our 
U.S. qualified pension plan, as compared with $55 million made in 2019. No U.S. qualified pension plan contributions 
were  required  during  2020  due  to  the  strong  funded  position  of  the  plan.  The  amounts  and  timing  of  pension 
contributions are dependent on several factors, including asset performance.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  have  withheld  approximately  $24  million  of  lease  and  lease-related  payments  as  we 
continue to negotiate rent deferrals or abatements with our landlords for the period that our stores were closed due to 
the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Cash paid for income taxes was $100 million, $201 million, and $184 million for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Investing Activities 
($ in millions) 
Net cash used in investing activities 
$ Change 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

 168   $ 
 (67)   $ 

 235   $ 
 (39)   $ 

 274 
 (15) 

Capital expenditures in 2020 decreased to $159 from $187 in the prior year. During 2020, we completed the remodeling 
or relocation of 82 existing stores and opened 69 new stores.  

Investing activities for 2020 included cash outflows of $9 million related to various minority investments as compared 
with $50 million in 2019. Also included in 2019 is a $2 million inflow related to the sale of a building.   

Financing Activities 
($ in millions) 
Net cash used in financing activities 
$ Change 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

 126   $ 
 (367)   $ 

 493   $ 
 (34)   $ 

 527 
 (89) 

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  consisted  primarily  of  our  return  to  shareholders  initiatives,  including  our  share 
repurchase program and cash dividend payments, as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Share repurchases 
Dividends paid on common stock 
Total returned to shareholders 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 37   $ 
 73  

 110   $ 

 335   $ 
 164  
 499   $ 

 375 
 158 
 533 

During  2020,  we  repurchased  968,547  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  our  share  repurchase  programs  for 
$37 million. Additionally, we declared and paid dividends of $73 million, representing an annual rate of $0.70 per share 
in 2020.  

In the first quarter of 2020, we borrowed $330 million of our then-existing revolving credit facility, which was repaid in 
full during the second quarter of 2020. In July 2020, we entered into a new $600 million revolving credit agreement and 
in connection with this transaction we paid fees of $4 million. During the year, we purchased and retired $20 million of 
our outstanding bonds for $22 million. Additionally, we paid $1 million in connection with our finance lease obligations. 

During the year, we entered into an agreement with one of our franchisors to operate a limited number of Foot Locker 
stores in Europe. We have operational control of the new entity and have continued to consolidate the results of the 
joint venture. We received contributions of $6 million in connection with this agreement. 

During  2020,  we  paid  $1  million  to  satisfy  tax  withholding  obligations  relating  to  the  vesting  of  share-based  equity 
awards. Offsetting the amounts above were proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and treasury stock 
in connection with the employee stock programs of $6 million for 2020. 

Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP measure) 

In addition to net cash provided by operating activities, we use free cash flow as a useful measure of performance and 
as an indication of our financial strength and our ability to generate cash. We define free cash flow as net cash provided 
by operating activities less capital expenditures (which is classified as an investing activity). We believe the presentation 
of free cash flow is relevant and useful for investors because it allows investors to evaluate the cash generated from 
underlying operations in a manner similar to the method used by management. Free cash flow is not defined under 
U.S. GAAP. Therefore, it should not be considered a substitute for income or cash flow data prepared in accordance 
with U.S. GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. It should not be 
inferred that the entire free cash flow amount is available for discretionary expenditures. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
The  following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  net  cash  flow  provided  by  operating  activities,  the  most  directly 
comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, to free cash flow. 

($ in millions) 
Net cash provided by operating activities 
Capital expenditures 
Free cash flow  

Capital Structure 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,062   $ 
 (159)  
 903   $ 

 696   $ 
 (187)  
 509   $ 

 781 
 (187) 
 594 

On July 14, 2020, we amended our then-existing revolving credit agreement to provide for a $600 million asset-based 
revolving credit facility that is scheduled to mature on July 14, 2025 (as amended, “2020 Credit Agreement”). Under the 
2020 Credit Agreement interest is determined, at our option, by either (1) the eurodollar rate, which is determined by 
reference to LIBOR, plus a margin of 1.75 percent to 2.25 percent per annum, or (2) the base rate, which is determined 
by reference to the federal funds rate, plus a margin of 0.75 percent to 1.25 percent, in each case. In addition, we are 
paying a commitment fee of 0.50 percent per annum on the unused portion of the commitments under the 2020 Credit 
Agreement. 

The 2020 Credit Agreement provides for a security interest in certain of our and the Guarantors’ (as defined in the 2020 
Credit  Agreement)  domestic  assets,  including  inventory,  accounts  receivable,  cash  deposits,  and  certain  insurance 
proceeds. If certain specified events of default have occurred and are continuing, or if availability under the 2020 Credit 
Agreement is less than or equal to the greater of $60 million and 10 percent of the Loan Cap (as defined in the 2020 
Credit Agreement), we are required to test compliance with a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00 
to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter. No events of default occurred during 2020. 

As long as certain payment conditions are satisfied, including (a) the absence of any default or event of default has 
occurred availability under the 2020 Credit Agreement is not less than 15 percent of the lesser of the aggregate amount 
of  the  commitments  and  (b)  the  Borrowing  Base  (as  defined  in  the  2020  Credit  Agreement),  determined  as  of  the 
preceding fiscal month and on a proforma basis for the following six fiscal months, we may make investments, pay 
dividends, and repurchase our shares without restriction.  

Credit Rating 

As of March 25, 2021, our corporate credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service are BB+ and 
Ba1, respectively. In addition, Moody’s Investors Service has rated our senior unsecured notes Ba2. 

Debt Capitalization and Equity  

($ in millions) 
Long-term debt and obligations under finance leases 
Operating lease liability 

Total debt including finance and operating leases 

Less: 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total net debt including the present value of finance and operating leases 

Shareholders’ equity 
Total capitalization 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 110  
 3,079  
 3,189  

 1,680  
 1,509  
 2,776  
 4,285  

$ 

$ 

 122  
 3,196  
 3,318  

 907  
 2,411  
 2,473  
 4,884  

Total net debt capitalization percent including finance and operating leases 

 35.2 %     

 49.4 % 

Net debt capitalization percent decreased to 35.2 percent as compared with 49.4 percent in the prior year, primarily 
reflecting higher cash and cash equivalents.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We  have  not  entered  into  any  transactions  with  unconsolidated  entities  that  expose  us  to  material  continuing  risks, 
contingent liabilities, or any other obligation under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. Also, our financial 
policies prohibit the use of derivatives for which there is no underlying exposure. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
In  connection  with  the  sale  of  various  businesses  and  assets,  we  may  be  obligated  for  certain  lease  commitments 
transferred to third parties and pursuant to certain normal representations, warranties, or indemnifications entered into 
with the purchasers of such businesses or assets. Although the maximum potential amounts for such obligations cannot 
be readily determined, we believe that the resolution of such contingencies will not significantly affect our consolidated 
financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.  

We  also  operate  certain  stores  for  which  lease  agreements  are  in  the  process  of  being  negotiated  with  landlords. 
Although there is no contractual commitment to make these payments, it is likely that leases will be executed. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Our responsibility for integrity and objectivity in the preparation and presentation of the financial statements requires 
application of appropriate accounting policies. Generally, our accounting policies and methods are those specifically 
required  by  U.S.  GAAP.  Included  in  the  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  note  in  “Item  8.  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  is  a  summary  of  the  most  significant  accounting  policies.  In  some 
cases, we are required to calculate amounts based on estimates for matters that are inherently uncertain. We believe 
the following to be the most critical of those accounting policies that necessitate subjective judgments. 

Merchandise Inventories and Cost of Sales 

Merchandise  inventories  for  our  stores  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  using  the  retail  inventory  method 
(“RIM”).  The  RIM  is  used  by  retail  companies  to  value  inventories  at  cost  and  calculate  gross  margins  due  to  its 
practicality. Under the RIM, cost is determined by applying a cost-to-retail percentage across groupings of similar items, 
known as departments. The cost-to-retail percentage is applied to ending inventory at its current owned retail valuation 
to determine the cost of ending inventory on a department basis. 

The RIM is a system of averages that requires estimates and assumptions regarding markups, markdowns and shrink, 
among others, and as such, could result in distortions of inventory amounts. Judgment is required for these estimates 
and assumptions, as well as to differentiate between promotional and other markdowns that may be required to correctly 
reflect merchandise inventories at the lower of cost or market. Reserves are established based on current selling prices 
when the inventory has not been marked down to market. The failure to take permanent markdowns on a timely basis 
may result in an overstatement of cost under the retail inventory method. The decision to take permanent markdowns 
includes many factors, including the current retail environment, inventory levels, and the age of the item. We believe 
this method and its related assumptions, which have been consistently applied, to be reasonable. 

Leases   

We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Right-of-use  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term for those arrangements where 
there is an identified asset and the contract conveys the right to control its use. Our lease term includes options to 
extend or terminate a lease only when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. 

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, we use our incremental borrowing rates based on the 
remaining lease term to determine the present value of future lease payments. Our incremental borrowing rate for a 
lease is the rate of interest we would have to pay on a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease 
payments  under  similar  terms.  Our  incremental  borrowing  rate  is  calculated  as  the  weighted  average  risk-free 
(sovereign) rate plus a spread to reflect our current unsecured credit rating plus the fees to borrow under our credit 
facility. The weighted average risk-free (sovereign) rates were based on the Treasury BVAL rates curve in Bloomberg. 
In the regions that we have stores, rates were developed for 3, 5, 7, 10, and 15 years. The weighting given to each 
region was determined by the number of stores in each region.  

The spread to reflect our current credit rating represented the spread between U.S. Treasury rates and Bloomberg’s 
USD BVAL curve for non-financial companies with the Company’s credit rating. The fees to borrow represent the facility 
fees paid on the Company’s revolving credit facility.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 30 

 
 
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Tangible Assets and Right-of-Use Assets 

We perform an impairment review when circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-lived tangible assets 
and right-of-use assets may not be recoverable (“a triggering event”). Our policy for determining whether a triggering 
event exists comprises the evaluation of measurable operating performance criteria and qualitative measures at the 
lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows of other assets and liabilities, which 
is generally at the store level. We also evaluate for triggering events at the banner level.  If an impairment review is 
necessitated  by  the  identification  of  a  triggering  event,  we  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  using  assumptions 
predominately  identified  from  our  historical  performance  and  our  long-range  strategic  plans.  To  determine  if  an 
impairment exists, we compare the carrying amount of the asset with the estimated future undiscounted cash flows 
expected  to  result  from  the  use  of  the  asset  group.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  exceeds  the  estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows, we measure the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the 
asset group with its estimated fair value.  

The estimation of fair value is measured by discounting expected future cash flows using a risk adjusted discount rate 
and by using a market approach to determine current lease rates. Future expected cash flows are based upon estimates 
that, if not achieved, may result in significantly different results.  

During 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on our actual and projected results, during the first quarter 
of 2020, we determined that a triggering event occurred for certain underperforming stores operating in Europe and, 
therefore, we conducted an impairment review. We evaluated the long-lived assets, including the right-of-use assets, 
and recorded non-cash charges of $15 million to write down store fixtures, leasehold improvements, and right-of-use 
assets  of  70  stores.  Additionally,  we  performed  an  impairment  review  for  certain  underperforming  stores during  the 
fourth quarter and recorded non-cash impairment charges totaling $62 million for approximately 60 stores. 

Recoverability of Goodwill 

We review goodwill for impairment annually during the first quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if impairment 
indicators arise. The review of impairment consists of either using a qualitative approach to determine whether it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of the assets is less than their respective carrying values or a one-step qualitative 
impairment test. 

In performing the qualitative assessment, we consider many factors in evaluating whether the carrying value of goodwill 
may not be recoverable, including declines in our stock price and market capitalization in relation to the book value of 
the Company and macroeconomic conditions affecting retail. If, based on the results of the qualitative assessment, it 
is concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, additional 
quantitative impairment testing is performed. The quantitative test requires that the carrying value of each reporting unit 
be compared with its estimated fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is greater than its fair value, a goodwill 
impairment charge will be recorded for the difference (up to the carrying value of goodwill). 

We use a discounted cash flow approach to determine the fair value of a reporting unit. The determination of discounted 
cash flows of the reporting units and assets and liabilities within the reporting units requires significant estimates and 
assumptions.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  primarily  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  discount  rate,  terminal 
growth rates, earnings before depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditures forecasts. Due to the inherent 
uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We evaluate the merits 
of each significant assumption, both individually and in the aggregate, used to determine the fair value of the reporting 
units, as well as the fair values of the corresponding assets and liabilities within the reporting units. 

In  addition  to  performing  our  qualitative  assessment  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  year,  we  performed  an  additional 
quantitative assessment during the first quarter due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on our results and stock 
price. Neither assessment resulted in the recognition of impairment. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and Postretirement Liabilities 

We review all assumptions used to determine our obligations for pension and postretirement liabilities annually with our 
independent actuaries, taking into consideration existing and future economic conditions and our intentions with regard 
to the plans. The assumptions used are: 

Long-Term 
Rate of Return 

     The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return expected to be earned 
on the plans’ assets and is recognized as a component of pension expense. The rate is based 
on the plans’ weighted-average target asset allocation, as well as historical and future expected 
performance  of  those  assets.  The  target  asset  allocation  is  selected  to  obtain  an  investment 
return that is sufficient to cover the expected benefit payments and to reduce the variability of 
future contributions. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually and revised, 
as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.  

The  weighted-average  long-term  rate  of  return  used  to  determine  2020  pension  expense  was 
5.5 percent.  

  A decrease of 50 basis points in the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return would 
have  increased  2020  pension  expense  by  approximately  $3  million.  The  actual  return  on  plan 
assets in a given year typically differs from the expected long-term rate of return, and the resulting 
gain  or  loss  is  deferred  and  amortized  into  expense  over  the  average  life  expectancy  of  the 
inactive participants. 

Discount Rate   An assumed discount rate is used to measure the present value of future cash flow obligations 
of the plans and the interest cost component of pension expense and postretirement income. The 
cash flows are then discounted to their present value and an overall discount rate is determined. 
The discount rate for our U.S. plans are determined by reference to the Bond:Link interest rate 
model based upon a portfolio of highly-rated U.S. corporate bonds with individual bonds that are 
theoretically purchased to settle the plan’s anticipated cash outflows. The discount rate selected 
to measure the present value of our Canadian benefit obligations is similar to the approach used 
for the U.S. plan and was determined by reference to the Canadian Rate:Link interest rate model. 

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine the 2020 benefit obligations related to 
our pension and postretirement plans was 2.5 percent and 2.8 percent, respectively. 

  Changing  the  weighted-average  discount  rate  by  50  basis  points  would  have  changed  the 
accumulated  benefit  obligation  of  the  pension  plans  at  January  30,  2021  by  approximately 
$42  million  and  $35  million,  depending  on  if  the  change  was  an  increase  or  decrease, 
respectively. A decrease of 50 basis points in the weighted-average discount rate would have 
increased  or  decreased  the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  on  the  postretirement  plan  by 
approximately $1 million depending on if the change was an increase or decrease, respectively. 

Trend Rate 

  We maintain two postretirement medical plans, one covering certain executive officers and key 
employees (“SERP Medical Plan”), and the other covering all other team members. With respect 
to the SERP Medical Plan, a 100-basis point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate 
would  not  significantly  change  this  plan’s  accumulated  benefit  obligation.  With  respect  to  the 
postretirement  medical  plan  covering  all  other  team  members,  there  is  limited  risk  to  us  for 
increases  in  health  care  costs  since,  beginning  in  2001,  new  retirees  have  assumed  the  full 
expected costs and then-existing retirees have assumed all increases in such costs. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortality 
Assumptions 

  The  mortality  assumption  used  to  value  our  2020  U.S.  pension  obligations  was  the  Pri-2012 
mortality table with generational projection using MP-2020 for both males and females, while in 
the  prior  year  the  obligation  was  valued  using  the  Pri-2012  mortality  table  with  generational 
projection  using  MP-2019.  We  used  the  2014  CPM  Private  Sector  mortality  table  projected 
generationally  with  Scale  CPM-B  for  both  males  and  females  to  value  our  Canadian  pension 
obligations for 2020. 

For  the  SERP  Medical  Plan,  the  mortality  assumption  used  to  value  the  2019  obligation  was 
updated to the PriH-2012 table with generational projection using MP-2020. Each year we update 
this assumption to the most recent study from the Society of Actuaries. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, which is established when it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We are required to estimate taxable income for future years 
by taxing jurisdiction and to use our judgment to determine whether to record a valuation allowance for part or all of a 
deferred tax asset. Estimates of taxable income are based upon our long-range strategic plans. A one percent change 
in the overall statutory tax rate for 2020 would have resulted in a change of $2 million to the carrying value of the net 
deferred  tax  asset  and  a  corresponding  charge  or  credit  to  income  tax  expense  depending  on  whether  the  tax  rate 
change was a decrease or an increase.  

We have operations in multiple taxing jurisdictions, and we are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. Tax audits by their 
nature are often complex and can require several years to resolve. Accruals of tax contingencies require us to make 
estimates  and  judgments  with  respect  to  the  ultimate  outcome  of  tax  audits.  Actual  results  could  vary  from  these 
estimates.  

Excluding the effect of any nonrecurring items that may occur, we expect the effective tax rate for 2021 to be in the 
range of 29.6% to 30.6%. The actual tax rate will depend on the level and geographic mix of income and losses, as 
well as the limits to tax benefits for losses in certain foreign jurisdictions. Our actual tax rate will also depend on the 
enactment of a corporate tax rate increase, as proposed by the Biden Administration. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Descriptions of the recently issued accounting principles, and the accounting principles adopted by us during the year 
ended January 30, 2021 are included in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies note in “Item 8. Consolidated 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Information  regarding  foreign  exchange  risk  management  is  included  in  the  Financial  Instruments  and  Risk 
Management note under “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are included as part of this Report: 

•  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended: 

• 

January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019 

•  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended: 

• 

January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019 

•  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of: 

• 

January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 

•  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended: 

• 

January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019 

•  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended: 

• 

January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019 

•  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 33 

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
Foot Locker, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Foot Locker, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) 
as  of  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive 
income,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
January  30,  2021  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  In  our  opinion,  the 
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 
January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year period ended January 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  January  30,  2021,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and  our  report  dated  March  25,  2021  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for 
leases effective February 3, 2019 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards 
Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases.  

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of 
material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing 
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the 
amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate 
to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially 
challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way 
our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical 
audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which 
it relates. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 34 

 
 
 
 
Fair value of asset group related to certain underperforming stores 

As discussed in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company performs an impairment review 
when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived tangible assets and right-of-use assets may not be 
recoverable. The long-lived tangible assets and the right-of-use assets of the Company as of January 30, 2021 were 
$788 million and $2,716 million, respectively. If a triggering event is identified, the Company compares the carrying 
amount of the asset group with the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group. If 
the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures 
the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group with its estimated fair value. The 
estimation of fair value of the asset group is measured by discounting expected future cash flows using a risk adjusted 
discount rate and current market-based information for right-of-use assets. During the year ended January 30, 2021, 
the Company recorded impairment charges of $77 million related to certain underperforming stores. 

We identified the evaluation of the fair value of the asset group related to certain underperforming stores as a critical 
audit matter. The market-based assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the asset group included market rent 
estimates for comparable stores that required a high degree of auditor judgment to evaluate and were challenging to 
test  in  the  current  economic  environment,  as  the  COVID-19  shutdowns  impacted  the  retail  real  estate  market 
significantly.    Changes  in  the  selection  of  the  market  rent  estimates  could  have  had  a  significant  effect  on  the 
determination of the fair value of the asset group, which impacted the measurement and allocation of the impairment 
loss within the asset group. 

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design 
and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s long-lived tangible asset and 
right-of-use asset impairment assessment process, including controls related to the estimate of the fair value of the 
asset group. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in: 

•  evaluating the market rent estimates by assessing comparable retail leasing activity applicable to each location 
•  assessing historic leasing activity of the Company in relation to historical store sales performance 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1995. 

New York, New York 
March 25, 2021 

2020 Form 10-K Page 35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

($ in millions, except per share amounts) 
Sales 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 7,548   $ 

 8,005   $ 

 7,939 

Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Impairment and other charges 
Income from operations 

Interest (expense) income, net 
Other income, net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

Basic earnings per share 
Weighted-average shares outstanding 

  $ 

  $ 

Diluted earnings per share 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming dilution 

  $ 

 5,365  
 1,587  
 176  
 117  
 303  

 (7)  
 198  
 494  
 171  
 323   $ 

 3.10   $ 

 104.3  

 3.08   $ 

 105.1  

 5,462  
 1,650  
 179  
 65  
 649  

 11  
 12  
 672  
 181  
 491   $ 

 4.52   $ 

 108.7  

 4.50   $ 

 109.1  

 5,411 
 1,614 
 178 
 37 
 699 

 9 
 5 
 713 
 172 
 541 

 4.68 
 115.6 

 4.66 
 116.1 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

($ in millions) 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net of income tax 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 323   $ 

 491   $ 

 541 

Foreign currency translation adjustment: 

Translation adjustment arising during the period, net of income 

tax expense (benefit) of $3, $(1), and $(9), respectively 

Cash flow hedges: 

Change in fair value of derivatives, net of income tax benefit of 

$-, $1, and $-, respectively 

Pension and postretirement adjustments: 

Net actuarial gain (loss) and foreign currency fluctuations 

arising during the year, net of income tax expense (benefit) 
of $4, $(3), and $(8), respectively  

Amortization of net actuarial gain/loss and prior service cost 
included in net periodic benefit costs, net of income tax 
expense of $3, $3, and $3, respectively 

Comprehensive income 

 40  

 (20)  

 (75) 

 2  

 (3)  

 — 

 13  

 (9)  

 (24) 

  $ 

 8  
 386   $ 

 8  
 467   $ 

 8 
 450 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1, 
2020 

($ in millions, except share amounts) 
ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Merchandise inventories 
Other current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Operating lease right-of-use assets 
Deferred taxes 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Minority investments  
Other assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued and other liabilities 
Current portion of debt and obligations under finance leases 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities 

Long-term debt and obligations under finance leases 
Long-term operating lease liabilities 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies 

Shareholders’ equity: 

Common stock and paid-in capital: 103,693,359 

and 104,187,310 shares outstanding, respectively 

Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Treasury stock at cost: 74,236 and - shares, respectively 
Noncontrolling interest 
Total shareholder's equity 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 1,680  
 923  
 232  
 2,835  
 788  
 2,716  
 101  
 159  
 17  
 337  
 90  
 7,043  

 402  
 560 
 102 
 580  
 1,644  
 8  
 2,499  
 116  
 4,267  

 779  

 2,326  
 (331)  
 (3)  
 5  
 2,776  
 7,043  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 907 
 1,208 
 271 
 2,386 
 824 
 2,899 
 81 
 156 
 20 
 142 
 81 
 6,589 

 333 
 343 
 — 
 518 
 1,194 
 122 
 2,678 
 122 
 4,116 

 764 

 2,103 
 (394) 
 — 
 — 
 2,473 
 6,589 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

     Additional Paid-In      
Capital & 

      Accumulated    
Other 

Total 

  Common Stock 
  Shares    Amount   Shares   Amount   Earnings  

  Treasury Stock 

  Retained   Comprehensive   Noncontrolling    Shareholders' 

(shares in thousands, amounts in millions) 
Balance at February 3, 2018 
Restricted stock issued 
Issued under director and stock plans 
Share-based compensation expense 
Shares of common stock used to satisfy tax 

withholding obligations 

Share repurchases 
Reissued -- Employee Stock Repurchase Plan 

("ESPP") 

Retirement of treasury stock 
Net income 
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($1.38 

per share) 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Pension and postretirement adjustments, net of tax   
Cumulative effect of the adoption of ASU 2014-09   
Cumulative effect of the adoption of ASU 2016-16   
Balance at February 2, 2019 
Restricted stock issued 
Issued under director and stock plans 
Share-based compensation expense 
Shares of common stock used to satisfy tax 

withholding obligations 

Share repurchases 
Reissued -- ESPP 
Retirement of treasury stock 
Net income 
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($1.52 

per share) 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Change in cash flow hedges, net of tax 
Pension and postretirement adjustments, net of tax   
Cumulative effect of the adoption of Topic 842 
Balance at February 1, 2020 
Restricted stock issued 
Issued under director and stock plans 
Share-based compensation expense 
Shares of common stock used to satisfy tax 

withholding obligations 

Share repurchases 
Reissued -- ESPP 
Retirement of treasury stock 
Noncontrolling interest acquired 
Net income 
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.70 

per share) 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Change in cash flow hedges, net of tax 
Pension and postretirement adjustments, net of tax  
Balance at January 30, 2021 

 121,262   $ 

 93  
 175  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 842   
 —  
 6  
 22  

 (1,433)   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (63)   $   2,019   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 (36)  
 (7,887)  

 (1)  
   (375)  

 —  
 (8,597)  
 —  

 —  
 (61)  
 —  

 48  
 8,597  
 —  

 2  
   400  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 (339)  
 541  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 112,933   $ 

 89  
 187  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (9,021)  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 104,188   $ 
 121  
 297  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (913)  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 103,693   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 809   
 —  
 3  
 18  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (711)   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (158)  
 —  
 —  
 4  
 37  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (37)   $   2,104   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (66)  
 —  

 (32)  
 (8,375)  
 97  
 9,021  
 —  

 (2)  
   (335)  
 6  
   368  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (302)  
 491  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 764   
 —  
 7  
 15  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (7)  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 779   

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (164)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (26)  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $   2,103   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 (41)  
 (969)  
 23  
 913  
 —  
 —  

 (1)  
 (37)  
 1  
 34  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (27)  
 —  
 323  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (74)   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (3)   $   2,326   $ 

 (73)  
 —  
 —  
 —  

Loss 

interest 

Equity 

 (279)  $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —    
 —    

 —    
 —    
 —    

 —    
 (75)    
 (16)    
 —    
 —    
 (370)  $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —    
 (20)    
 (3)    
 (1)    
 —    
 (394)  $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —    
 40    
 2    
 21    
 (331)  $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 5  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 5  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2,519 
 — 
 6 
 22 

 (1) 
 (375) 

 2 
 — 
 541 

 (158) 
 (75) 
 (16) 
 4 
 37 
 2,506 
 — 
 3 
 18 

 (2) 
 (335) 
 6 
 — 
 491 

 (164) 
 (20) 
 (3) 
 (1) 
 (26) 
 2,473 
 — 
 7 
 15 

 (1) 
 (37) 
 1 
 — 
 5 
 323 

 (73) 
 40 
 2 
 21 
 2,776 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

($ in millions) 
From operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 
operating activities: 
Non-cash gain 
Non-cash impairment and other charges 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Share-based compensation expense 
U.S. qualified pension plan contributions 
Change in assets and liabilities: 

Merchandise inventories 
Accounts payable 
Accrued and other liabilities 
Pension litigation accrual 
Class counsel fees paid in connection with pension litigation 
Other, net 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

From investing activities: 

Capital expenditures 
Minority investments 
Proceeds from sale of property 
Insurance proceeds related to loss on property and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

From financing activities: 

Proceeds from the revolving credit facility 
Repayment of the revolving credit facility 
Payment of long-term debt and obligations under finance leases 
Payment of debt issuance costs  
Contribution from non-controlling interest 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends paid on common stock 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Proceeds from common stock issued under employee stock plans 
Treasury stock reissued under employee stock plan 
Shares of common stock repurchased to satisfy tax withholding 
obligations 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash, cash equivalents, and 

restricted cash 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period 

Cash paid during the year: 

Interest 
Income taxes 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 323   $ 

 491   $ 

 541 

 (190)  
 97  
 176  
 (9)  
 15  
 —  

 294  
 58  
 139  
 —  
 —  
 159  
 1,062  

 (159)  
 (9)  
 —  
 —  
 (168)  

 330  
 (330)  
 (23)  
 (4)  
 6  
 (37)  
 (73)  
 4  
 2  
 —  

 (1)  
 (126)  

 (4)  
 48  
 179  
 5  
 18  
 (55)  

 51  
 (51)  
 (40)  
 —  
 —  
 54  
 696  

 (187)  
 (50)  
 2  
 —  
 (235)  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (335)  
 (164)  
 5  
 —  
 3  

 (2)  
 (493)  

 — 
 19 
 178 
 9 
 22 
 (128) 

 (16) 
 135 
 39 
 13 
 (97) 
 66 
 781 

 (187) 
 (89) 
 — 
 2 
 (274) 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (375) 
 (158) 
 5 
 — 
 2 

 (1) 
 (527) 

 8  
 776  
 942  
 1,718   $ 

 (7)  
 (39)  
 981  
 942   $ 

 (30) 
 (50) 
 1,031 
 981 

 14   $ 
 100   $ 

 11   $ 
 201   $ 

 11 
 184 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 40 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
     
 
     
 
   
    
    
  
    
  
   
   
 
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
   
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
   
 
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
  
   
    
  
  
    
  
  
   
 
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
  
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
   
 
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Foot Locker, Inc. and its domestic and international 
subsidiaries, as well as any entities in which we have a controlling voting interest that are required to be consolidated. 
All  significant  intercompany  amounts  have  been  eliminated.  As  used  in  these  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements the terms “Foot Locker,” “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Foot Locker, Inc. and its consolidated 
subsidiaries.  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure 
of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.  

COVID-19 Pandemic  

In March 2020, the World Health Organization designated COVID-19 a pandemic. COVID-19 had a significant effect 
on overall economic conditions in nearly all regions around the world and resulted in travel restrictions and business 
slowdowns or shutdowns. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we temporarily closed our stores in North America, 
EMEA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa), and Asia Pacific throughout 2020 but primarily during the first and second 
quarters. We have been and will continue to operate in-store fulfillment activities to mitigate the effect of the temporary 
closures caused by COVID-19. 

We considered the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations, as well as the assumptions and 
estimates used when preparing our financial statements, including inventory valuation, income taxes, and evaluating 
the impairment of long-lived tangible assets and right-of-use lease assets. These assumptions and estimates may 
change as the current situation evolves or new events occur and additional information is obtained. If the economic 
conditions caused by COVID-19 worsen beyond what is currently estimated by management, such future changes 
may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. 

Reporting Year 

Our fiscal year end is a 52-week or 53-week period ending the Saturday closest to the last day in January. Fiscal year 
2020, 2019, and 2018 represented the 52 weeks ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, 
respectively. References to years in this annual report relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years. 

Revenue Recognition 

Store  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  point  of  sale  and  includes  merchandise,  net  of  returns,  and  excludes  taxes. 
Revenue  from  layaway  sales  is  recognized  when  the  customer  receives  the  product,  rather  than  when  the  initial 
deposit is paid. We recognize revenue for merchandise that is shipped to our customers from our distribution centers 
and stores upon shipment as the customer has control of the product upon shipment. We account for shipping and 
handling as a fulfillment activity. We accrue the cost and recognize revenue for these activities upon shipment date, 
therefore total sales recognized includes shipping and handling fees.   

Gift Cards 

We sell gift cards which do not have expiration dates. Revenue from gift card sales is recorded when the gift cards 
are  redeemed  by  customers.  Gift  card  breakage  is  recognized  as  revenue  in  proportion  to  the  pattern  of  rights 
exercised by the customer, unless there is a legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant 
jurisdictions.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

The table below presents the activity of our gift card liability balance:  

($ in millions) 
Gift card liability at beginning of year 

Redemptions 
Breakage recognized in sales 
Activations 
Foreign currency fluctuations 

Gift card liability at end of year 

2020 

2019 

 35  
 (118)  
 (8)  
 131  
 1  
 41  

  $ 

  $ 

 35 
 (105) 
 (7) 
 112 
 — 
 35 

  $ 

  $ 

We elected not to disclose the information about remaining performance obligations since the amount of gift cards 
redeemed after 12 months is not significant for both 2020 and 2019. 

Advertising Costs and Sales Promotion 

Advertising  and  sales  promotion  costs  are  expensed  at  the  time  the  advertising  or  promotion  takes  place,  net  of 
reimbursements  for  cooperative  advertising.  Cooperative  advertising  reimbursements  earned  for  the  launch  and 
promotion of certain products agreed upon with vendors are recorded in the same period as the associated expenses 
are incurred. 

Digital  advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred,  net  of  reimbursements  for  cooperative  advertising.  Digital 
advertising  includes  search  engine  marketing,  such  as  display  ads  and  keyword  search  terms,  and  other  various 
forms of digital advertising. Reimbursements received in excess of expenses incurred related to specific, incremental, 
and identifiable advertising costs are accounted for as a reduction to the cost of merchandise and are reflected in 
cost of sales when the merchandise is sold. 

Advertising costs, including digital advertising, which are included as a component of SG&A, were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Advertising expenses (1) 
Digital advertising expenses 
Cooperative advertising reimbursements 
Net advertising expense 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 69   $ 
 89  
 (14)  
 144   $ 

 91   $ 
 95  
 (20)  
 166   $ 

 111 
 96 
 (25) 
 182 

(1)  Effective  with  the  adoption  of  the  new  lease  standard  in  2019,  advertising  costs  that  are  required  by  some  of  our  mall-based  leases  are 

recorded as an element of rent expense. These costs were $14 million for 2018.  

Catalog Costs 

Catalog costs, which are primarily comprised of paper, printing, and postage, are expensed at the time the catalogs 
are  distributed.  Cooperative  reimbursements  earned  for  the  promotion  of  certain  products  are  agreed  upon  with 
vendors and are recorded in the same period as the associated catalog expenses are recorded.  

Catalog costs, which are included as a component of SG&A, were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Catalog costs 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 7   $ 

 15   $ 

 18 

2020 Form 10-K Page 42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Share-Based Compensation 

We recognize compensation expense for share-based awards based on the grant date fair value of those awards. 
We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options, which requires the input 
of subjective assumptions regarding the expected term, expected volatility, and risk-free interest rate. See Note 20, 
Share-Based Compensation,  for information on the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock options. 
Share-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each 
vesting tranche of the award. Upon exercise of stock options, issuance of restricted stock or units, or issuance of 
shares under the employee stock purchase plan, we will issue authorized but unissued common stock or use common 
stock held in treasury.  

Awards  of  restricted  stock  units  cliff  vest  after  the  passage  of  time,  generally  three  years.  Performance-based 
restricted stock unit awards are earned on achievement of pre-established goals and with regards to certain awards, 
vest after an additional one-year period.  

Earnings Per Share 

We account for earnings per share (“EPS”) using the treasury stock method. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net 
income  for  the  period  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  at  the  end  of  the  period. 
Diluted EPS reflects the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period used in the basic 
EPS computation plus dilutive common stock equivalents. The computation of basic and diluted EPS is as follows: 

(in millions, except per share data) 
Net income 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

 323  

$ 

 491  

$ 

 541 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Dilutive effect of potential common shares 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 

assuming dilution 

 104.3  
 0.8  

 105.1  

 108.7  
 0.4  

 109.1  

Earnings per share - basic 
Earnings per share - diluted 

$ 
$ 

 3.10  
 3.08  

$ 
$ 

 4.52  
 4.50  

$ 
$ 

 115.6 
 0.5 

 116.1 

 4.68 
 4.66 

Anti-dilutive share-based awards excluded from 

diluted calculation 

 2.5  

 2.2  

 1.9 

Contingently issuable shares of 0.4 million for 2020, 0.5 million for 2019, and 0.9 million for 2018, have not been 
included as the vesting conditions have not been satisfied. These shares relate to restricted stock unit awards issued 
in connection with our long-term incentive program. 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash 

Cash consists of funds held on hand and in bank accounts. Cash equivalents include amounts on demand with banks 
and  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less,  including  money  market  funds. 
Additionally,  amounts  due  from  third-party  credit  card  processors  for  the  settlement  of  debit  and  credit  card 
transactions are included as cash equivalents as they are generally collected within three business days. We present 
book overdrafts, representing checks issued but still outstanding in excess of bank balances, as part of accounts 
payable. 

Restricted cash represents cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of various agreements. 
Restricted cash includes amounts held in escrow in connection with various leasing arrangements in Europe, and 
deposits  held  in  insurance  trusts  to  satisfy  the  requirement  to  collateralize  part  of  the  self-insured  workers’ 
compensation and liability claims.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

The  following  table  provides  the  reconciliation  of  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and  restricted  cash,  as  reported  on  our 
consolidated statements of cash flows: 

($ in millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents (1) 
Restricted cash included in other current assets (2) 
Restricted cash included in other  

non-current assets  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 

$ 

$ 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1, 
2020 

February 2,  
2019 

 1,680 
 8 

  $ 

 30 
 1,718  

$ 

  $ 

 907 
 6 

 29 
 942  

$ 

 891 
 59 

 31 
 981 

(1) 

Includes  cash  equivalents  of  $503  million,  $366  million,  and  $476  million  for  the  years  ended  January  30,  2021,  February  1,  2020,  and 
February 2, 2019, respectively. 

(2)  The  remaining  balance  of  the  qualified  settlement  fund  related  to  the  pension  matter  of  $55  million  was  included  in  the  current  portion  of 

restricted cash as of February 2, 2019 and was contributed to the pension plan in 2019.  

Merchandise Inventories and Cost of Sales 

Merchandise inventories for our stores are valued at the lower of cost or market using the retail inventory method. 
Cost for retail stores is determined on the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis for domestic inventories and on the first-in, 
first-out (“FIFO”) basis for international inventories. Merchandise inventories of the e-commerce business are valued 
at net realizable value using weighted-average cost, which approximates FIFO. 

The retail inventory method is used by retail companies to value inventories at cost and calculate gross margins due 
to its practicality. Under the retail inventory method, cost is determined by applying a cost-to-retail percentage across 
groupings of similar items, known as departments. The cost-to-retail percentage is applied to ending inventory at its 
current owned retail valuation to determine the cost of ending inventory on a department basis. We provide reserves 
based on current selling prices when the inventory has not been marked down to market. 

Transportation, distribution center, and sourcing costs are capitalized in merchandise inventories. We expense the 
freight  associated  with  transfers  between  our  store  locations  in  the  period  incurred.  We  maintain  an  accrual  for 
shrinkage based on historical rates. 

Cost of sales is comprised of the cost of merchandise, as well as occupancy, buyers’ compensation, and shipping 
and handling costs. The cost of merchandise is recorded net of amounts received from suppliers for damaged product 
returns, markdown allowances, and volume rebates, as well as cooperative advertising reimbursements received in 
excess of specific, incremental advertising expenses.  

Minority Investments 

We use the equity method to account for investments in which we have the ability to exercise significant influence 
over  the  investee’s  operating  and  financial  policies,  or  in  which  we  hold  a  partnership  or  limited  liability  company 
interest  in  an  entity  with  specific  ownership  accounts,  unless  we  have  virtually  no  influence  over  the  investee’s 
operating and financial policies. As of January 30, 2021, and February 1, 2020, we had $15 million and $8 million, 
respectively, of investments which are accounted for under the equity method.  

Our investments that are not accounted for under the equity method are measured at cost adjusted for changes in 
observable  prices  minus  impairment,  under  the  practicability  exception.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  and 
February 1, 2020, we had $322 million and $134 million, respectively, of investments which are accounted for under 
this method.  

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Significant additions 
and  improvements  to  property  and  equipment  are  capitalized.  Major  renewals  or  replacements  that  substantially 
extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Depreciation and amortization are computed on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives: 

Buildings 
Store leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 
Software 

     Maximum of 50 years 
  Shorter of the asset useful life or expected term of the lease 
  3-10 years 
  2-5 years 

Internal-Use Software Development Costs 

We capitalize certain external and internal computer software and software development costs incurred during the 
application  development  stage.  The  application  development  stage  generally  includes  software  design  and 
configuration, coding, testing, and installation activities. Capitalized costs include only external direct cost of materials 
and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, and payroll and payroll-related costs for 
employees who are directly associated with and devote time to the internal-use software project. Capitalization of 
such costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended 
use. We generally amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over a period not to exceed five years. Training and 
maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that 
such  expenditures  will  result  in  additional  functionality.  Capitalized  software,  net  of  accumulated  amortization,  is 
included as a component of Property and equipment, net and was $93 million and $80 million at January 30, 2021 
and February 1, 2020, respectively. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Tangible Assets and Right-of-Use Assets 

We perform an impairment review when circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-lived tangible assets 
and right-of-use assets may not be recoverable (“a triggering event”). Our policy in determining whether a triggering 
event exists comprises the evaluation of measurable operating performance criteria and qualitative measures at the 
lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows for other assets and liabilities, 
which is generally at the store level. We also evaluate triggering events at the banner level. In evaluating potential 
store  level  impairment,  we  compare  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  result  from  the  use  of  the  asset 
group to the carrying amount of the asset group. The future cash flows are estimated predominately based on our 
historical  performance  and  long-range  strategic  plans.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  group  exceeds  the 
estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows,  we  measure  the  amount  of  the  impairment  by  comparing  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  asset  group  with  its  estimated  fair  value.  The  estimation  of  fair  value  is  measured  by  discounting 
expected future cash flows using a risk adjusted discount rate and using current market-based information for right-
of-use  assets.  We  estimate  fair  value  based  on  the  best  information  available  using  estimates,  judgments,  and 
projections as considered necessary. 

Leases 

On February 3, 2019, we adopted the new lease accounting standard. We applied the modified retrospective method 
of adoption and therefore, results for 2020 and 2019 are presented under the new guidance, while 2018 has not been 
adjusted. Lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments 
over the lease term for those arrangements where there is an identified asset and the contract conveys the right to 
control its use. The lease term includes options to extend or terminate a lease only when we are reasonably certain 
that we will exercise that option. The right-of-use asset is measured at the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted 
for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, initial direct costs, and any tenant improvement 
allowances received. For operating leases, right-of-use assets are reduced over the lease term by the straight-line 
lease expense recognized less the amount of accretion of the lease liability determined using the effective interest 
method.  

We combine lease components and non-lease components. Given our policy election to combine lease and non-
lease  components,  we  also  consider  fixed  common  area  maintenance  (“CAM”)  part  of  our  fixed  future  lease 
payments; therefore, fixed CAM is also included in our lease liability. We recognize rent expense for operating leases 
as of the possession date for store leases or the commencement of the agreement for a non-store lease. Rental 
expense, inclusive of rent holidays, concessions, and tenant allowances are recognized over the lease term on a 
straight-line  basis.  Contingent  payments  based  upon  sales  and  future  increases  determined  by  inflation  related 
indices cannot be estimated at the inception of the lease and, accordingly, are charged to operations as incurred.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, we use our incremental borrowing rates based on the 
remaining lease term to determine the present value of future lease payments. Our incremental borrowing rate for a 
lease is the rate of interest we would have to pay on a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease 
payments under similar terms.  

Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. We recognize lease expense 
for short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually during the first quarter of 
each fiscal year or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The review of goodwill impairment consists of either 
using a qualitative approach to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the assets is less 
than  their  respective  carrying  values  or  a  one-step  quantitative  impairment  test.  In  performing  the  qualitative 
assessment, we consider many factors in evaluating whether the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable, 
including  declines  in  our  stock  price  and  market  capitalization  in  relation  to  the  book  value  of  the  Company  and 
macroeconomic conditions affecting retail. If, based on the results of the qualitative assessment, it is concluded that 
it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, additional quantitative 
impairment  testing  is  performed.  The  quantitative  test  requires  that  the  carrying  value  of  each  reporting  unit  be 
compared with its estimated fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is greater than its fair value, a goodwill 
impairment charge will be recorded for the difference (up to the carrying value of goodwill). 

We  use  a  discounted  cash  flow  approach  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit.  The  determination  of 
discounted cash flows of the reporting units and assets and liabilities within the reporting units requires significant 
estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount 
rate, terminal growth rates, earnings before depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditures forecasts. Due 
to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We 
evaluate the merits of each significant assumption, both individually and in the aggregate, used to determine the fair 
value of the reporting units, as well as the fair values of the corresponding assets and liabilities within the reporting 
units. 

For our 2020 annual impairment review, we concluded the fair value  of each reporting  unit exceeded its carrying 
value. Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment charges of $167 million for all periods presented.  

Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  for  impairment  if  impairment  indicators  arise  and,  at  a  minimum, 
annually. The impairment review for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of either performing a qualitative 
or a quantitative assessment. If the results of the qualitative assessment indicate that it is more likely than not that 
the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible is less than its carrying amount, or if we elect to proceed directly to a 
quantitative assessment, we calculate the fair value using a discounted cash flow method, based on the relief from 
royalty  method,  and  compare  the  fair  value  to  the  carrying  value  to  determine  if  the  asset  is  impaired. Intangible 
assets that are determined to have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are measured for impairment 
only when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

All  derivative  financial  instruments  are  recorded  in  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  their  fair  values.  For 
derivatives designated as a hedge, and effective as part of a hedge transaction, the effective portion of the gain or 
loss on the hedging derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income/loss or as a 
basis adjustment to the underlying hedged item and reclassified to earnings in the period in which the hedged item 
affects  earnings.  The  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  hedges  of  foreign  net  investments  is  generally  not 
reclassified to earnings unless the net investment is disposed of. To the extent derivatives do not qualify or are not 
designated as hedges, or are ineffective, their changes in fair value are recorded in earnings immediately, which may 
subject us to increased earnings volatility. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Income Taxes 

We account for our income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax 
assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  financial 
statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  on  the  basis  of  the  differences 
between  the  financial  statements  and  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities,  using  enacted  tax  rates  in  effect  for 
the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax credits and net 
operating loss carryforwards, reduced by a valuation allowance, which is established when it is more likely than not 
that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred 
tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

We recognize net deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. 
In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals 
of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax-planning  strategies,  and  results  of 
recent operations. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of 
their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would 
reduce the provision for income taxes.  

A  taxing  authority  may  challenge  positions  that  we  adopted  in  our  income  tax  filings.  Accordingly,  we  may  apply 
different tax treatments for transactions in filing our income tax returns than for income tax financial reporting. We 
regularly assess our tax positions for such transactions and record reserves for those differences when considered 
necessary.  Tax  positions  are  recognized  only  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not,  based  on  technical  merits,  that  the 
positions  will  be  sustained  upon  examination.  Tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  threshold  are 
measured using a probability weighted approach as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent 
likely  of  being  realized  upon  settlement.  Whether  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  is  met  for  a  tax 
position is a matter of judgment based on the individual facts and circumstances of that position evaluated in light of 
all available evidence. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax 
expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included 
within the related tax liability line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Pension and Postretirement Obligations 

Pension  benefit  obligations  and  net  periodic  pension  costs  are  calculated  using  actuarial  assumptions.  Two  key 
assumptions used in accounting for pension liabilities and expenses are the discount rate and expected rate of return 
on plan assets. The discount rate for the U.S. plans is determined by reference to the Bond:Link interest rate model 
based upon a portfolio of highly-rated U.S. corporate bonds with individual bonds that are theoretically purchased to 
settle  the  plan’s  anticipated  cash  outflows.  The  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  and  an  overall 
discount  rate  is  determined.  The  discount  rate  selected  to  measure  the  present  value  of  the  Canadian  benefit 
obligations  was  developed  by  using  that  plan’s  bond  portfolio  indices,  which  match  the  benefit  obligations.  We 
measure our plan assets and benefit obligations using the month-end date that is closest to our fiscal year end. The 
expected return on plan assets assumption is derived using the current and expected asset allocation of the pension 
plan assets and considering historical as well as expected performance of those assets.  

Insurance Liabilities 

We  are  primarily  self-insured  for  health  care,  workers’  compensation,  and  general  liability  costs.  Accordingly, 
provisions  are  made  for  actuarially  determined  estimates  of  discounted  future  claim  costs  for  such  risks,  for  the 
aggregate of claims reported, and claims incurred but not yet reported. Self-insured liabilities totaled $13 million and 
$12 million for January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. Workers’ compensation and general liability 
reserves are discounted using a risk-free interest rate. Imputed interest expense related to these liabilities was not 
significant for any of the periods presented. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Treasury Stock Retirement 

We  periodically  retire  treasury  shares  that  we  acquire  through  share  repurchases  and  return  those  shares  to  the 
status  of  authorized  but  unissued.  We  account  for  treasury  stock  transactions  under  the  cost  method.  For  each 
reacquisition  of  common  stock,  the  number  of  shares  and  the  acquisition  price  for  those  shares  is  added  to  the 
existing treasury stock count and total value. When treasury shares are retired, our policy is to allocate the excess of 
the repurchase price over the par value of shares acquired to both retained earnings and additional paid-in capital. 
The portion allocated to additional paid-in capital is determined by applying a percentage, which is determined by 
dividing the number of shares to be retired by the number of shares issued, to the balance of additional paid-in capital 
as of the retirement date. 

We retired 913,095 and 9,021,244 shares of our common stock held in treasury during 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
The  shares  were  returned  to  the  status  of  authorized  but  unissued.  As  a  result,  treasury  stock  decreased  by 
$34 million and $368 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The  functional  currency  of  our  international  operations  is  the  applicable  local  currency.  The  translation  of  the 
applicable foreign currency into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates 
in  effect  at  the  balance  sheet  date  and  for  revenue  and  expense  accounts  using  the  weighted-average  rates  of 
exchange prevailing during the year. The unearned gains and losses resulting from such translation are included as 
a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”) within shareholders’ equity. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

On February 2, 2020, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance on the accounting for 
implementation costs of a cloud computing arrangement that is considered to be a service contract, that requires 
companies to follow the guidance for internal-use software to determine which costs to capitalize in a cloud computing 
arrangement that is a service contract. Under this guidance, such implementation costs will be capitalized in Other 
assets  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  with  the  related  amortization  presented  in  Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This guidance was applied prospectively to 
implementation costs incurred after February 2, 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect 
on our consolidated financial statements. 

On February 2, 2020, we adopted FASB’s updated guidance on the accounting for performing goodwill impairment 
tests. This update eliminates the requirement to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill 
impairment.  In  testing  goodwill  for  impairment,  an  entity  may  elect  to  utilize  a  qualitative  assessment  to  evaluate 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the qualitative 
assessment  indicates  that  goodwill  impairment  is  more  likely  than  not,  an  entity  should  perform  its  goodwill 
impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount and recognize an impairment 
charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, not to exceed the total 
amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.  

In  January  2021,  we  adopted  FASB’s  amended  guidance  that  eliminates,  adds,  and  clarifies  certain  disclosure 
requirements  for  defined  benefit  pension  or  other  postretirement  plans.  The  eliminated  disclosures  include  the 
amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit costs over 
the next fiscal year and the effects of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates on the 
aggregate  of  the  service  and  interest  cost  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  costs  and  the  benefit  obligation  for 
postretirement  health  care  benefits.  The  new  disclosures  require  an  explanation  of  significant  gains  and  losses 
related to changes in benefit obligations. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 
and  allows  for  early  adoption.  The  amendments  are  required  to  be  applied  retrospectively.  The  adoption  of  this 
guidance did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Other recently issued accounting pronouncements did not, or are not believed by management to, have a material 
effect on our present or future consolidated financial statements. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

All  recently  issued  accounting  pronouncements  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements. 

2. Segment Information 

We have integrated all available shopping channels including stores, websites, apps, social channels, and catalogs. 
Store sales are primarily fulfilled from the store’s inventory but may also be shipped from our distribution centers or 
from a different store location if an item is not available at the original store. Direct-to-customer orders are generally 
shipped to our customers through our distribution centers but may also be shipped from a store or a combination of 
our distribution centers and stores depending on the availability of particular items.  

Our operating segments are identified according to how our business activities are managed and evaluated by our 
chief operating decision maker, our CEO. We have three operating segments, North America, EMEA (Europe, Middle 
East and Africa), and Asia Pacific. Our North America operating segment includes the results of the following banners 
operating in the U.S. and Canada: Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, Champs Sports, and Footaction, 
including  each  of  their  related  e-commerce  businesses,  as  well  as  our  Eastbay  business  that  includes  internet, 
catalog, and team sales. Our EMEA operating segment includes the results of the following banners operating in 
Europe: Foot Locker, Sidestep, and Kids Foot Locker, including each of their related e-commerce businesses. Our 
Asia Pacific operating segment includes the results of Foot Locker and Kids Foot Locker operating in Australia, New 
Zealand, and Asia as well as their related e-commerce businesses. We further aggregated these operating segments 
into one reportable segment based upon their shared customer base and similar economic characteristics.  

We evaluate performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is the banner’s financial 
results  referred  to  as  division  profit.  Division  profit  reflects  income  before  income  taxes,  other  charges,  corporate 
expense, non-operating income, and net interest income.  

The following table summarizes our results: 

($ in millions) 
Division profit  
Less: Impairment and other charges (1) 
Less: Corporate expense (2) 
Income from operations 
Interest (expense) income, net 
Other income, net 
Income before income taxes 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 491   $ 
 117  
 71  
 303  
 (7)  
 198  
 494   $ 

 788  
 65  
 74  
 649  
 11  
 12  
 672  

$ 

$ 

 808 
 37 
 72 
 699 
 9 
 5 
 713 

(1)  See Note 3, Impairment and Other Charges for additional information on these amounts.  

(2)  Corporate expense for all years presented reflects the reallocation of expense between corporate and the operating divisions. Based upon 
annual internal studies of corporate expense, the allocation of such expenses to the operating divisions was increased by $28 million for 2020, 
$32 million for 2019, and $40 million for 2018, thereby reducing corporate expense. 

Sales  disaggregated  based  upon  channel  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  January  30,  2021,  February  1,  2020,  and 
February 2, 2019 are presented in the following table. 

($ in millions) 
Sales 
Stores  
Direct-to-customers 
Total sales 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

 5,447   $ 
 2,101  
 7,548   $ 

 6,720   $ 
 1,285  
 8,005   $ 

 6,714 
 1,225 
 7,939 

2020 Form 10-K Page 49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

2. Segment Information (continued) 

Sales and long-lived asset information by geographic area as of and for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2021, 
February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019 are presented in the following tables. Sales are attributed to the country in 
which the sales transaction is fulfilled. Long-lived assets reflect property and equipment and lease right-of-use assets.  

($ in millions) 
Sales by Geography 
United States 
International 
Total sales 

Long-Lived Assets 
United States 
International 
Total long-lived assets 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 5,581   $ 
 1,967  
 7,548   $ 

 5,691   $ 
 2,314  
 8,005   $ 

 2,218   $ 
 1,286  
 3,504   $ 

 2,479   $ 
 1,244  
 3,723   $ 

 5,647 
 2,292 
 7,939 

 602 
 234 
 836 

For the year ended January 30, 2021, the countries that comprised the majority of the sales and long-lived assets for 
the international category were Canada, France, Italy, Germany, and England. No other individual country included 
in the international category was significant. 

($ in millions) 
Division 
Corporate 
Total 

Depreciation and 
Amortization 

Capital Expenditures (1)   
     2020      2019      2018       2020        2019        2018        2020        2019        2018 
 88   $   105   $   112   $  5,159   $  5,523   $  2,900 
  $  152   $  160   $  160   $ 
 920 
 71  
 19  
 82  
  $  176   $  179   $  178   $   159   $   187   $   187   $  7,043   $  6,589   $  3,820 

Total Assets 

   1,066  

   1,884  

 24  

 18  

 75  

(1) Represents cash capital expenditures for all years presented.  

3. Impairment and Other Charges 

($ in millions) 
Impairment of long-lived assets 
Runners Point shut down 
Losses related to social unrest 
Impairment of Investments 
EMEA reorganization 
Eastbay reorganization 
Pension litigation related charges 
Lease termination costs 
Other intangible asset impairments 
Total impairment and other charges 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

 77  
 19  
 8  
 4  
 4  
 3  
 2  
 —  
 —  
 117  

$ 

$ 

 37   $ 
 —  
 —  
 11  
 —  
 —  
 4  
 13  
 —  
 65   $ 

 4 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 18 
 — 
 15 
 37 

Due to COVID-19 and its effect on our actual and projected results, during the first quarter of 2020, we determined 
that a triggering event occurred for certain underperforming stores operating in Europe and, therefore, we conducted 
an impairment review. We evaluated the long-lived assets, including the right-of-use assets, and recorded non-cash 
charges of $15 million to write down store fixtures, leasehold improvements, and right-of-use assets of 70 stores. 
During the fourth quarter of 2020, we conducted an impairment review for approximately 90 underperforming stores. 
We evaluated the long-lived assets, including the right-of-use assets and recorded non-cash charges of $62 million 
to write down store fixtures, leasehold improvements, and right-of-use assets for approximately 60 of these stores.  

Losses related to social unrest represented inventory losses, damages to store property, repairs, and other costs 
incurred in connection with the riots that affected certain parts of the United States and Canada during the second 
quarter of 2020 and resulted in a loss of $18 million. Approximately 140 stores were damaged due to the unrest. The 
total charge included inventory losses of $15 million, damages to store property of $1 million, and repairs and other 
costs of $2 million.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

3. Impairment and Other Charges (continued) 

Substantially all of the damaged stores reopened during the third quarter. During the fourth quarter, we recorded a 
partial insurance recovery of $10 million representing an advance on our claim. We are continuing to work with our 
insurers to determine the remaining amount of our covered losses under our property insurance policy. Additional 
insurance  recoveries  will  be  recorded  in  the  period  in  which  we  conclude  our  settlement  discussions  with  our 
insurance providers. 

In  May  2020,  we  made  the  strategic  decision  to  shut  down  our  Runners  Point  business  and  to  consolidate  our 
Sidestep support staff into our other operations in Europe. Also, as part of the next phase of the Champs Sports and 
Eastbay  strategic  initiative,  we  restructured  positions  and  aligned  several  functions  across  the  banners  and 
consolidated certain Eastbay operations into the Champs Sports headquarters. We recorded charges of $19 million 
related to the shutdown of the Runners Point business and $3 million related to the reorganization associated with 
Eastbay. As part of the decision to close the Runners Point banner, certain Runners Point stores have been converted 
into  other  banners  and  approximately  40  Runners  Point  and  Sidestep  stores  closed  prior  to  their  natural  lease 
expirations. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we recorded a charge of $4 million in connection with the reorganization of 
certain support functions and supply chain operations within our EMEA segment.   

The table below presents a rollforward of our restructuring liability, which is recorded in Accrued and other liabilities 
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The remaining restructuring liability at January 30, 2021, which primarily relates 
to severance payments, is expected to be substantially paid within the next twelve months. 

($ in millions) 
Balance as of February 1, 2020 

Charges 
Payments 

     Runners Point       Eastbay 
  $ 

 —   $ 
 19  
 (13)  

 —   $ 
 3  
 (3)  
 —   $ 

EMEA 

Total 

 —   $ 
 4  
 —  
 4   $ 

 — 
 26 
 (16) 
 10 

Balance as of January 30, 2021 

  $ 

 6   $ 

During 2020 and 2019, we recorded non-cash charges of $4 million and $11 million, respectively, related to the write-
down of certain minority investments. One of our investments experienced a deterioration in their future outlook and 
due to the underperformance of this investee, we have partially written down our investment in 2020 and 2019. In 
2019, we recorded a full write down our investment in a children’s athletics startup which filed for bankruptcy. 

The Company and the Company’s U.S. pension plan were involved in litigation related to the conversion of the plan 
to a cash balance plan. The court entered its final judgment in 2018, which required the plan be reformed as directed 
by the court order. We recorded charges in 2020, 2019, and 2018, related to the pension matter and related plan 
reformation totaling $2 million, $4 million, and $18 million, respectively. These charges recorded represented certain 
costs of the reformation and related administrative expenses. 

During 2019, we performed an impairment review on our Footaction stores, certain other underperforming stores and 
a vacant store that had been previously subleased. We evaluated the long-lived assets, including the right-of-use 
assets, of these stores and recorded non-cash charges of $37 million to write down right-of-use assets, store fixtures 
and leasehold improvements. We also recorded $13 million of lease termination costs related to the closure of our 
SIX:02 locations during 2019. 

During  2018,  we  recorded  non-cash  impairment  charges  of  $4  million  to  write  down  store  fixtures  and  leasehold 
improvements.  We  also  performed  an  impairment  review  of  other  intangible  assets  and  recorded  a  charge  of 
$15 million to write down the value of the trademarks/trade names associated with Runners Point.   

4. Other Income, net 

Other income, net was $198 million, $12 million, and $5 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

4. Other Income, net (continued) 

Other income, net includes non-operating items, such as:  

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

franchise royalty income,  
gains associated with disposal of property,  
changes  in  fair  value,  premiums  paid,  and  realized  gains  associated  with  foreign  currency  option 
contracts, 
changes in the market value of our available-for-sale security, 
premiums paid to repurchase and retire bonds, 
changes in value for our investments accounted for using the fair value measurement alternative, which 
is at cost adjusted for changes in observable prices minus impairment,  
our share of earnings or losses related to our equity method investments, and  
net  benefit  expense  or  income  related  to  our  pension  and  postretirement  programs,  excluding  the 
service cost component.  

In 2020, one of our minority investments, which is measured using the fair value measurement alternative, received 
additional funding in August at a higher valuation than our initial investment. As a result, we recorded a $190 million 
non-cash gain during the third quarter of 2020. Other income, net also included $6 million of royalty income, $5 million 
of  net  benefit  income  relating  to  our  pension  and  post  retirement  programs.  This  income  was  partially  offset  by 
$2 million in premiums paid in connection with the repurchase and retirement of bonds and a $1 million loss related 
to our equity method investments.  

During 2019, we recorded $8 million of royalty income, a $4 million gain associated with the acquisition of a Canadian 
distribution center lease and related assets from the partial exchange of a note that had previously been written down 
to zero, a $2 million gain related to the sale of a building, a $1 million gain on our available-for-sale security, partially 
offset by $2 million of net benefit expense relating to our pension and post retirement programs, and $1 million loss 
related to our equity method investments.  

During 2018, we recorded $6 million of royalty income, $1 million of lease termination gains, a $1 million loss on our 
available-for-sale security, and $1 million of net benefit expense relating to our pension and post retirement programs.  

5. Merchandise Inventories 

($ in millions) 
LIFO inventories 
FIFO inventories 
Total merchandise inventories 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 

$ 

 544  
 379  
 923  

$ 

$ 

 810 
 398 
 1,208 

The value of our LIFO inventories, as calculated on a LIFO basis, approximates their value as calculated on a FIFO 

basis. 

6. Other Current Assets 

($ in millions) 
Net receivables 
Other prepaid expenses 
Prepaid income taxes 
Prepaid rent 
Restricted cash  
Income taxes receivable 
Deferred tax costs 
Other 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 

$ 

 124  
 56  
 20  
 14  
 8  
 1  
 —  
 9  
 232  

$ 

$ 

 100 
 46 
 48 
 55 
 6 
 1 
 9 
 6 
 271 

2020 Form 10-K Page 52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

7. Property and Equipment, net 

($ in millions) 
Owned properties: 

Land 
Buildings 
Furniture, fixtures, equipment, and software development costs 

Less: accumulated depreciation 

Finance leases: 

Assets under finance leases 
Less: accumulated amortization 

Alterations to leased and owned buildings: 

Cost 
Less: accumulated amortization 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 4  
 52  
 1,274  
 1,330  
 (907)  
 423  

 11  
 (1)  
 10  

 974  
 (619)  
 355  
 788  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 4 
 54 
 1,203 
 1,261 
 (818) 
 443 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 937 
 (556) 
 381 
 824 

8. Other Intangible Assets, net 

($ in millions) 
Amortized intangible assets: (1) 
Lease acquisition costs 
Trademarks / trade names 

Indefinite life intangible assets: (1) 
Trademarks / trade names  

Other intangible assets, net 

January 30, 2021 

February 1, 2020 

  Gross    Accum.  
  value    amort.    value    Years (2)  

  Life in       Gross    Accum.  
  amort.   
value 

Net 

Net 
value 

  $ 

  $ 

 121   $ 
 20    
 141   $ 

 (116)   $ 
 (17)    
 (133)   $ 

 5  
 3  
 8  

 9.9   $ 

 20.0    
 14.8   $ 

 115   $ 
 20    
 135   $ 

 (108)   $ 
 (16)    
 (124)   $ 

 7 
 4 
 11 

  $ 
  $ 

 9    
 17    

   $ 
   $ 

 9 
 20 

(1)  The change in the ending balances also reflect the effect of foreign currency fluctuations due primarily to the movements of the euro in relation 

to the U.S. dollar. 

(2)  Represents the weighted-average useful life as of January 30, 2021 and excludes those assets that are fully amortized. 

Amortizing  intangible  assets  primarily  represent  lease  acquisition  costs,  which  are  amounts  that  are  required  to 
secure prime lease locations and other lease rights, primarily in Europe. Amortization expense recorded is as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Amortization expense 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

 3  

$ 

 3  

$ 

Estimated future amortization expense for finite lived intangibles for the next five years is as follows: 

($ in millions) 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 

$ 

 4 

 2 
 2 
 2 
 1 
 1 

2020 Form 10-K Page 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
 
 
     
     
   
    
   
    
    
 
     
     
   
    
   
    
    
 
     
     
   
    
     
     
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

9. Other Assets 

($ in millions) 
Restricted cash  
Pension asset 
Auction rate security 
Other 

10. Accrued and Other Liabilities 

($ in millions) 
Taxes other than income taxes 
Income taxes payable 
Other payroll and payroll related costs, excluding taxes 
Incentive bonuses 
Customer deposits  
Rent related costs 
Property and equipment (1) 
Advertising 
Other 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

 30   $ 

 3  
 7  
 50  
 90   $ 

 29 
 3 
 7 
 42 
 81 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

 96   $ 
 81  
 73  
 72  
 49  
 40  
 33  
 25  
 91  

 57 
 4 
 64 
 28 
 45 
 20 
 40 
 21 
 64 
 343 

(1)  Accruals for property and equipment are excluded from the Statements of Cash Flows for all years presented. 

  $ 

 560   $ 

11. Revolving Credit Facility 

In the first quarter of 2020, we borrowed $330 million under our then-existing revolving credit facility. On July 14, 2020, 
we amended our then-existing revolving credit agreement to provide for a $600 million asset-based revolving credit 
facility that is scheduled to mature on July 14, 2025 (as amended, “2020 Credit Agreement”). On July 15, 2020, the 
Company repaid all revolving loans outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement. 

Under  the  2020  Credit  Agreement  interest  is  determined,  at  our  option,  by  either  (1)  the  eurodollar  rate,  which  is 
determined by reference to LIBOR, plus a margin of 1.75 percent to 2.25 percent per annum, or (2) the base rate, 
determined by reference to the federal funds rate, plus a margin of 0.75 percent to 1.25 percent, in each case. In 
addition, we are paying a commitment fee of 0.50  percent per annum on the unused portion of the commitments 
under the 2020 Credit Agreement. 

If  certain  specified  events  of  default  have  occurred  and  are  continuing,  or  if  availability  under  the  2020  Credit 
Agreement is less than or equal to the greater of $60 million and 10 percent of the Loan Cap (as defined in the 2020 
Credit  Agreement),  we  are  required  to  test  compliance  with  a  minimum  consolidated  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio 
of 1.00 to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter in order to make investments, pay dividends, and repurchase our 
shares. No events of default occurred during 2020. 

We may use letters of credit issued pursuant to the 2020 Credit Agreement to, among other things, support standby 
letters of credit in connection with insurance programs. The letters of credit outstanding as of January 30, 2021 were 
not significant.  

We paid fees of $4 million in connection with the amendment of our credit facility and such costs are amortized over 
the life of the facility. The unamortized balance at January 30, 2021 was $4 million. Interest expense, including facility 
fees,  related  to  the  revolving  credit  facility  was  $5  million,  $1  million,  and  $1  million  for  2020,  2019,  and  2018, 
respectively. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

12. Long-Term Debt and Obligations Under Finance Leases 

The components of long-term debt and obligations under finance leases are as follows: 

($ in millions) 
8.5% debentures payable January 2022 
Unamortized gain related to interest rate swaps (1) 
Obligations under finance leases  

Current portion of debt and obligations under finance leases  

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 98  
 2  
 10  
 110  
 102  
 8  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 118 
 4 
 — 
 122 
 — 
 122 

(1) 

In 2009, we terminated an interest rate swap at a gain. This gain is being amortized as part of interest expense over the remaining term of the 
debt using the effective-yield method. 

During  2020,  we  purchased  and  retired  $20  million  of  our  8.5  percent  debentures  for  $22  million.  The  remaining 
principal balance of $98 million is classified as a current liability as of January 30, 2021. Interest expense related to 
long-term debt and the amortization of the associated debt issuance costs was $8 million for 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

13. Other Liabilities 

($ in millions) 
Pension benefits 
Income taxes 
Postretirement benefits 
Workers’ compensation and general liability reserves 
Deferred taxes 
Other 

\  

14. Leases 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 

$ 

 38  
 31  
 12  
 8  
 18  
 9  
 116  

$ 

$ 

 61 
 32 
 10 
 8 
 2 
 9 
 122 

The  majority  of  our  leases  are  operating  leases  for  our  company-operated  retail  store  locations.  We  also  lease, 
among  other  things,  distribution  and  warehouse  facilities,  and  office  space  for  corporate  administrative  purposes.  
Operating lease periods generally range from 5 to 10 years and generally contain rent escalation provisions. Some 
of the store leases contain renewal options with varying terms and conditions.  

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Operating leases: 

Operating lease right-of-use assets 

Operating lease liabilities classified as current 
Operating lease liabilities classified as long-term 
Total operating lease liabilities 

Finance leases: 

Property and equipment, net 

Current portion of debt and obligations under finance leases 
Long-term obligations under finance leases 
Total finance lease obligations 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2,716  

 580  
 2,499  
 3,079  

 10  

 2  
 8  
 10  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2,899 

 518 
 2,678 
 3,196 

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 

2020 Form 10-K Page 55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

14. Leases (continued)  

Other information related to operating leases as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 consisted of the following: 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) 

Operating leases 
Finance leases 

Weighted-average discount rate 

Operating leases 
Finance leases 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

 6.7  
 4.4  

5.0 %   
 4.1 %   

7.3  
 —  

5.4 % 
 — % 

Total lease costs include fixed operating lease costs, variable lease costs, and short-term lease costs. Most of our 
real estate leases require we pay certain expenses, such as CAM costs, real estate taxes, and other executory costs, 
of which the fixed portion is included in operating lease costs. Variable lease costs include non-lease components 
which are not fixed and are not included in determining the present value of our lease liability. Variable lease costs 
also include amounts based on a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels that are recognized when 
probable.  

Lease costs which relate to retail stores and distribution centers are classified within cost of sales, while non-store 
lease costs are included in SG&A. Amortization of leased assets is classified in depreciation and amortization. The 
components of lease cost for the years ended January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Operating lease costs: 
Variable lease costs 
Short-term lease costs 
Sublease income 
Total operating lease costs 

Finance leases costs: 

Amortization of leased assets 

Total lease cost 

2020 

2019 

 620  
 290  
 23  
 (1)  
 932  

 1  
 933  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 668 
 332 
 23 
 (1) 
 1,022 

 — 
 1,022 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Rent  expense  for  operating  leases  for  2018,  under  previous  accounting  guidance,  amounted  to  $750  million  and 
consisted of minimum and contingent rentals of $728 million and $27 million, respectively, less sublease income of 
$5 million. Other costs related to our leases, including the amortization of lease rights, totaled $147 million for the 
year ended February 2, 2019. 

Maturities of lease liabilities as of January 30, 2021 are as follows: 

($ in millions) 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total lease payments 
Less: Interest 
Total lease liabilities 

Operating 
leases 

      Finance leases  

Total 

$ 

$ 

 718  
 624  
 542  
 458  
 366  
 943  
 3,651  
 572  
 3,079 

$ 

 $ 

 3   $ 
 3  
 2  
 2  
 1  
 —  
 11  
 1  
 10 

 $ 

 721 
 627 
 544 
 460 
 367 
 943 
 3,662 
 573 
 3,089 

2020 Form 10-K Page 56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

14. Leases (continued)  

As of January 30, 2021, we signed operating leases primarily for retail stores that have not yet commenced and the 
total future undiscounted lease payments under these leases are $29 million.  

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the year ended January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 
were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of operating lease liabilities 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations 
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of finance lease liabilities 
Leases obtained in exchange for finance lease obligations 

  $ 

2020 

2019 

 626   $ 
 331  
 1  
 11  

 679 
 322 
 — 
 — 

15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

AOCL, net of tax, is comprised of the following: 

($ in millions) 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Cash flow hedges 
Unrecognized pension cost and postretirement 
benefit 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

 (64)  
 (1)  

 (266)  
 (331)  

$ 

$ 

 (104)   $ 
 (3)  

 (287)  
 (394)   $ 

 (84) 
 — 

 (286) 
 (370) 

The changes in AOCL for the year ended January 30, 2021 were as follows: 

Foreign 
  Currency 
  Translation 

  Cash Flow 

Items Related 
  to Pension and   
  Postretirement   

($ in millions) 
Balance as of February 1, 2020 

     Adjustments       Hedges 
 (104)   $ 
  $ 

 (3)   $ 

      Benefits 

Total 

OCI before reclassification 
Amortization of pension actuarial loss, net of tax   
Pension remeasurement, net of tax 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance as of January 30, 2021 

  $ 

 40  
 —  
 —  
 40  
 (64)   $ 

 2  
 —  
 —  
 2  
 (1)   $ 

Reclassifications to income from AOCL for the year ended January 30, 2021 were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Amortization of actuarial (gain) loss: 

Pension benefits- amortization of actuarial loss 
Postretirement benefits- amortization of actuarial gain 

Net periodic benefit cost (see Note 19) 
Income tax  
Total, net of tax 

 (287)   $ 

 (394) 

 (1)  
 8  
 14  
 21  
 (266)   $ 

 41 
 8 
 14 
 63 
 (331) 

$ 

$ 

 12 
 (1) 
 11 
 (3) 
 8 

2020 Form 10-K Page 57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
      
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

16. Income Taxes 

The domestic and international components of pre-tax income are as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Domestic 
International 
Total pre-tax income 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 647   $ 
 (153)  
 494   $ 

 591   $ 

 81  

 672   $ 

 629 
 84 
 713 

Domestic pre-tax income includes the results of non-U.S. businesses that are operated in branches owned directly 
by the U.S. which, therefore, are subject to U.S. income tax. 

The income tax provision consists of the following: 

($ in millions) 
Current: 
 Federal 
 State and local 
 International 

Total current tax provision 
Deferred: 
Federal 
State and local 
International 

Total deferred tax (benefit) provision 
Total income tax provision 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 114   $ 

 106   $ 

 43  
 23  
 180  

 6  
 (2)  
 (13)  
 (9)  

  $ 

 171   $ 

 39  
 31  
 176  

 (1)  
 —  
 6  
 5  
 181   $ 

 91 
 42 
 30 
 163 

 (4) 
 1 
 12 
 9 
 172 

Following  the  enactment  of  Public  Law  115-97  (“Tax  Act”)  and  the  one-time  transition  tax,  our  historical  foreign 
earnings are not subject to additional U.S. federal tax upon repatriation. Further, no additional U.S. federal tax will be 
due upon repatriation of current foreign earnings because they are either exempt or subject to U.S. tax as earned.  

At January 30, 2021, we had accumulated undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $631 million. This amount 
consists of historical earnings that were previously taxed under the Tax Act and post-Tax Act earnings. Investments 
in our foreign subsidiaries, including working capital, will continue to be permanently reinvested. Cash balances in 
excess  of  working  capital  needs  are  considered  to  be  available  for  repatriation  to  the  United  States  and  foreign 
withholding taxes will be accrued as necessary on these amounts.  

We have not recorded a deferred tax liability for the difference between the financial statement carrying amount and 
the tax basis of our investments in foreign subsidiaries. The determination of any unrecorded deferred tax liability on 
this amount is not practicable due to the uncertainty of how these investments would be recovered.  

A reconciliation of the significant differences between the federal statutory income tax rate and the effective income 
tax rate on pre-tax income is as follows: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Federal statutory income tax rate 
Deemed repatriation tax 
Increase in valuation allowance 
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
International income taxed at varying rates 
Foreign tax credits 
Domestic/foreign tax settlements 
Federal tax credits 
Other, net 
Effective income tax rate 

 21.0 %   
 —   
 6.3   
 6.6   
 4.3   
 (2.4)   
 (0.5)   
 (0.4)   
 (0.4)   
 34.5 %   

 21.0 %   
 —   
 1.0   
 4.5   
 1.9   
 (2.0)   
 —   
 (0.2)   
 0.8   
 27.0 %   

 21.0 % 
 (2.7)  
 2.4  
 4.7  
 1.6  
 (2.1)  
 (0.7)  
 (0.2)  
 0.1  
 24.1 % 

2020 Form 10-K Page 58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

16. Income Taxes (continued) 

Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  for  the  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. Items that 
give rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

 ($ in millions) 
 Deferred tax assets:  

Tax loss/credit carryforwards and capital loss 
Employee benefits 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Operating leases - liabilities 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets 
Valuation allowance 

 Total deferred tax assets, net 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Merchandise inventories 
Operating leases - assets 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Net investment gains 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset 
Balance Sheet caption reported in: 

Deferred taxes 
Other liabilities 

2020 

2019 

 120   $ 

 52  
 13  
 —  
 811  
 39  
 1,035   $ 
 (76)  
 959   $ 

 62   $ 

 746  
 13  
 46  
 9  
 876   $ 
 83   $ 

 101   $ 
 (18)  
 83   $ 

 54 
 40 
 30 
 14 
 844 
 29 
 1,011 
 (39) 
 972 

 86 
 794 
 — 
 — 
 13 
 893 
 79 

 81 
 (2) 
 79 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income, which are based upon 
our  long-range  strategic  plans,  management  believes  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  will  realize  the  benefits  of 
deductible differences, net of the valuation allowances at January 30, 2021, over the periods in which the temporary 
differences are anticipated to reverse. However, the amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be 
adjusted in the future if estimates of taxable income are revised.  

As of January 30, 2021, we have a valuation allowance of $76 million to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount 
that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  realized.  A  valuation  allowance  of  $67  million  was  recorded  against  tax  loss 
carryforwards  of  certain  foreign  entities.  Based  on  the  history  of  losses  and  the  absence  of  prudent  and  feasible 
business plans for generating future taxable income in these entities, we believe it is more likely than not that the 
benefit of these loss carryforwards will not be realized. As of January 30, 2021, a valuation allowance of $8 million 
was established for foreign taxes assessed at rates in excess of the U.S. federal tax rate for which no U.S. foreign 
tax credit is available. Additionally, since we do not have any reasonably foreseeable sources of Canadian capital 
gains, a valuation allowance of $1 million was established since 2019 for a deferred tax asset arising from a capital 
loss associated with an uncollectible Canadian note receivable.  

At January 30, 2021, we have international minimum tax credit carryforwards with a potential tax benefit of $4 million 
and operating loss carryforwards with a potential tax benefit of $103 million, a portion of which will expire between 
2021 and 2027 and a portion of which will never expire. We will have, when realized, a capital loss with a potential 
benefit of $1 million arising from a Canadian note receivable. The Canadian loss will carryforward indefinitely after 
realization. The international operating loss carryforwards do not include unrecognized tax benefits. We also have 
foreign tax  credit carrybacks and carryforwards  with  a potential  tax benefit of $12 million  that  will  expire  between 
2021 and 2030.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 59 

 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

16. Income Taxes (continued) 

We  operate  in  multiple  taxing  jurisdictions  and  are  subject  to  audit.  Audits  can  involve  complex  issues  that  may 
require an extended period of time to resolve. A taxing authority may challenge positions that we have adopted in 
our  income  tax  filings.  Accordingly,  we  may  apply  different  tax  treatments  for  transactions  in  filing  its  income  tax 
returns than for income tax financial reporting. We regularly assess our tax positions for such transactions and record 
reserves for those differences. 

Our 2019 U.S. Federal income tax filing is under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. We expect to conclude 
the examination in the first quarter of 2021. We are participating in the IRS’s Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”) 
for  2021  and  2020.  The  2020  CAP  is  expected  to  conclude  during  2021.  We  are  subject  to  state  and  local  tax 
examinations from 2017 to the present. To date, no adjustments have been proposed in any audits that will have a 
material effect on our financial position or results of operations. 

At January 30, 2021, we had $47 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $35 million would, if recognized, 
affect  our  annual  effective  tax  rate.  We  classified  certain  income  tax  liabilities  as  current  or  noncurrent  based  on 
management’s  estimate  of  when  these  liabilities  will  be  settled.  Interest  expense  and  penalties  related  to 
unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense. We recognized $1 million of interest expense in both 
2020  and  2019.  Interest  was  not  significant  for  2018.  The  total  amount  of  accrued  interest  and  penalties  was 
$3 million, $2 million, and $1 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits: 

($ in millions) 
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Increases related to current year tax positions 
Increases related to prior period tax positions 
Decreases related to prior period tax positions 
Settlements 
Lapse of statute of limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year 

$ 

$ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 45  
 3  
 2  
 3  
 —  
 (1)  
 (5)  
 47  

$ 

$ 

 34  
 (1)  
 3  
 12  
 —  
 (2)  
 (1)  
 45  

$ 

$ 

 44 
 (3) 
 2 
 9 
 (13) 
 (3) 
 (2) 
 34 

It  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  liability  associated  with  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  increase  or  decrease 
within the next twelve months. These changes may be the result of foreign currency fluctuations, ongoing audits, or 
the expiration of statutes of limitations. Settlements during 2021 are not expected to be significant based on current 
estimates.  Audit  outcomes  and  the  timing  of  audit  settlements  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty.  Although 
management believes that adequate provision has been made for such issues, the ultimate resolution could have an 
adverse effect on our earnings. Conversely, if these issues are resolved favorably in the future, the related provision 
would be reduced, generating a positive effect on earnings.  

Due to the uncertainty of amounts and in accordance with our accounting policies, we have not recorded any potential 
consequences of these settlements. In addition, to the extent there are settlements in the future for certain foreign 
unrecognized tax benefits, the transition tax may also be revised accordingly. 

17. Financial Instruments and Risk Management 

We  operate  internationally  and  utilize  certain  derivative  financial  instruments  to  mitigate  our  foreign  currency 
exposures,  primarily  related  to  third-party  and  intercompany  forecasted  transactions.  As  a  result  of  the  use  of 
derivative instruments, we are exposed to the risk that counterparties will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To 
mitigate this counterparty credit risk, we have a practice of entering into contracts with major financial institutions 
selected based upon their credit ratings and other financial factors. We monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties 
throughout the duration of the derivative instrument.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
	
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

17. Financial Instruments and Risk Management (continued)  

Derivative Holdings Designated as Hedges 

For  a  derivative  to  qualify  as  a  hedge  at  inception  and  throughout  the  hedged  period,  we  formally  document  the 
nature of the hedged items and the relationships between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as 
our  risk-management  objectives,  strategies  for  undertaking  the  various  hedge  transactions,  and  the  methods  of 
assessing hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness. In addition, for hedges of forecasted transactions, the significant 
characteristics and expected terms of a forecasted transaction must be specifically identified, and it must be probable 
that each forecasted transaction would occur. If it were deemed probable that the forecasted transaction would not 
occur, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument would be recognized in earnings immediately. Gains or losses 
recognized  in  earnings  for  any  of  the  periods  presented  were  not  significant.  Derivative  financial  instruments 
qualifying for hedge accounting must maintain a specified level of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and 
the item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedged period, which we evaluate periodically. 

The primary currencies to which we are exposed are the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, and Australian dollar. 
Generally, merchandise inventories are purchased by each geographic area in their respective local currency with 
the exception of the United Kingdom, whose merchandise inventory purchases are primarily denominated in euros. 

For option and foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of the purchase of inventory, the 
effective portion of gains and losses is deferred as a component of AOCL and is recognized as a component of cost 
of sales when the related inventory is sold. The amount reclassified to cost of sales related to such contracts was not 
significant for any of the periods presented. The effective portion of gains or losses associated with other forward 
contracts is deferred as a component of AOCL until the underlying transaction is reported in earnings. The ineffective 
portion of gains and losses related to cash flow hedges recorded to earnings was not significant for any of the periods 
presented. When using a forward contract as a hedging instrument, we exclude the time value of the contract from 
the assessment of effectiveness. 

The  notional  value  of  the  contracts  outstanding  at  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020  was  $69  million  and 
$92  million,  respectively.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  all  of  our  hedged  forecasted  transactions  extend  less  than 
twelve months into the future, and we expect all derivative-related amounts reported in AOCL to be reclassified to 
earnings within twelve months. The loss in AOCL as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 was $1 million and 
$3 million, respectively. 

Derivative Holdings Not Designated as Hedges 

We  enter  into  certain  derivative  contracts  that  are  not  designated  as  hedges,  such  as  foreign  exchange  forward 
contracts  and  currency  option  contracts.  These  derivative  contracts  are  used  to  manage  certain  costs  of  foreign 
currency-denominated  merchandise  purchases,  intercompany  transactions,  and  the  effect  of  fluctuating  foreign 
exchange rates on the reporting of foreign currency-denominated earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivative 
holdings  not  designated  as  hedges,  as  well  as  realized  gains  and  premiums  paid,  are  recorded  in  earnings 
immediately  within  SG&A  or  Other  income,  net,  depending  on  the  type  of  transaction.  The  aggregate  amount 
recognized for these contracts was not significant for any of the periods presented.  

The notional value of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 was 
$135 million and $1 million, respectively. The foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at January 30, 2021 
extend less than twelve months into the future. 

Fair Value of Derivative Contracts 

The following represents the fair value of our derivative contracts.  

($ in millions)  
Hedging Instruments: 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

      Balance Sheet 

Caption 

January 30, 
 2021 

February 1,  
2020 

   Current assets 
   Current liabilities 

$ 
$ 

 1  
 1  

$ 
$ 

 — 
 4 

2020 Form 10-K Page 61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
     
  
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

17. Financial Instruments and Risk Management (continued)  

Notional Values and Foreign Currency Exchange Rates 

The table below presents the notional amounts for all outstanding derivatives and the weighted-average exchange 
rates of foreign exchange forward contracts at January 30, 2021: 

($ in millions) 
Inventory 
Buy €/Sell British £ 

Intercompany 
Buy US $/Sell CAD $ 
Buy US $/Sell AUD $ 
Buy British £/ Sell € 
Buy US $/ Sell € 

Business Risk 

  Contract Value   Exchange Rate 

Weighted-
Average 

   $ 

   $ 
  $ 
   $ 
   $ 

 69   

 0.9058 

 1   
 1  
 41   
 91   

 1.2761 
 1.3154 
 1.1017 
 0.8211 

The  retail  business  is  highly  competitive.  Price,  quality,  selection  of  merchandise,  reputation,  store  location, 
advertising, and customer experience are important competitive factors in our business. We operate in 27 countries 
and purchased approximately 91 percent of our merchandise in 2020 from our top 5 suppliers. In 2020, we purchased 
approximately  75  percent  of  our  athletic  merchandise  from  one  major  supplier,  Nike,  Inc.  (“Nike”).  Each  of  our 
operating divisions is highly dependent on Nike; they individually purchased 47 to 82 percent of their merchandise 
from Nike. 

Included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 30, 2021, are the net assets of our European operations, 
which  total  $283  million  and  are  located  in  19  countries,  11  of  which  have  adopted  the  euro  as  their  functional 
currency. 

18. Fair Value Measurements 

We categorize our financial instruments into a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation 
techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to 
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs 
(Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is 
based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.  

Fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  exclusive  of  any  transaction  costs.  Our  financial  assets 
recorded at fair value are categorized as follows: 

Level 1 -     Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. 

Level 2 -     Observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, including quoted prices for similar 
instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not 
active;  and  model-derived  valuations  in  which  all  significant  inputs  or  significant  value-drivers  are 
observable in active markets. 

Level  3  -         Model -derived  valuations  in  which  one  or  more  significant  inputs  or  significant  value-drivers  are 

unobservable. 

Our  auction  rate  security,  classified  as  available-for-sale,  is  recorded  within  Other  assets  on  the  Consolidated  
Balance Sheet and is recorded at fair value with gains and losses reported in Other income, net in our Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. The fair value of the auction rate security is determined by using quoted prices for similar 
instruments in active markets and accordingly is classified as a Level 2 instrument.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
     
 
 
  
     
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

18. Fair Value Measurements (continued) 

Our  derivative  financial  instruments  are  valued  using  market-based  inputs  to  valuation  models.  These  valuation 
models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, and measures of volatility 
and therefore are classified as Level 2 instruments.  

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

($ in millions) 

As of January 30, 2021 

As of February 1, 2020 

      Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Level 1        Level 2        Level 3 

Assets 
Available-for-sale security 
Foreign exchange forward 
contracts 
Total Assets 

Liabilities 
Foreign exchange forward 
contracts 
Total Liabilities 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 7   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 7   $ 

  $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 1  
 8   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 —  
 7   $ 

 — 

 — 
 — 

  $ 
  $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 1   $ 
 1   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 4   $ 
 4   $ 

 — 
 — 

There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 for any of the periods presented. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

Assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on the consolidated financial statements on a nonrecurring 
basis  include  items  such  as  property,  plant  and  equipment,  operating  lease  right-of-use  assets,  goodwill,  other 
intangible assets and minority investments that are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. These 
assets are measured using Level 3 inputs, if determined to be impaired. 

Long-Term Debt 

The fair value of long-term debt is determined by using model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or 
significant value-drivers are observable in active markets and therefore are classified as Level 2.  

($ in millions) 
Carrying value 
Fair value 

January 30, 
2021 

February 1,  
2020 

$ 
$ 

 100  
 106  

$ 
$ 

 122 
 135 

The  carrying  values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  and  other  current  receivables  and  payables 
approximate their fair value. 

19. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits 

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans 

We have defined benefit pension plans covering certain of our North American employees. In May 2019, the U.S. 
qualified  pension  plan  was  amended  such  that  all  employees  who  were  not  participants  in  the  plan  as  of 
December  31,  2019,  will  not  become  participants  after  such  date.  All  benefit  accruals  were  frozen  as  of 
December 31, 2019 for all plan participants with less than eleven years of service as of December 31, 2019. For 
participants with more than eleven years of service as of December 31, 2019, benefit accruals will be frozen as of 
December 31, 2022. Participants will continue to accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6 percent per year.  

We  also  sponsor  postretirement  medical  and  life  insurance  plans,  which  are  available  to  most  of  our  retired  U.S. 
employees. These plans are contributory and are not funded. The measurement date of the assets and liabilities is 
the month-end date that is closest to our fiscal year end.  

2020 Form 10-K Page 63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

19. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits (continued) 

The following tables set forth the plans’ changes in benefit obligations and plan assets, funded status, and amounts 
recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 

($ in millions) 
Change in benefit obligation 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Plan participants’ contributions 
Actuarial loss 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Benefits paid 
Settlement 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Pension Benefits 
2019 

2020 

Postretirement Benefits 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 775   $ 

 14  
 21  
 —  
 8  
 2  
 (67)  
 —  

  $ 

 753   $ 

 739   $ 

 20  
 27  
 —  
 76  
 (1)  
 (85)  
 (1)  
 775   $ 

 11   $ 
 —  
 —  
 1  
 2  
 —  
 (1)  
 —  
 13   $ 

 12 
 — 
 — 
 1 
 — 
 — 
 (2) 
 — 
 11 

Change in plan assets 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status 

Amounts recognized on the consolidated 
balance sheet: 
Other assets 
Accrued and other liabilities 
Other liabilities 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 715   $ 

 65  
 1  
 2  
 (67)  
 716   $ 

 644  
 100  
 57  
 (1)  
 (85)  
 715  

 (37) 

 (60)   $ 

 (13)   $ 

 (11) 

 3   $ 
 (2)  
 (38)  
 (37)   $ 

 3   $ 
 (2)  
 (61)  
 (60)   $ 

 —   $ 
 (1)  
 (12)  
 (13)   $ 

 — 
 (1) 
 (10) 
 (11) 

The Canadian qualified pension plan’s assets exceeded its accumulated benefit obligation for both 2020 and 2019. 
Our non-qualified pension plans have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets, as these plans are 
unfunded. Accordingly, the table below reflects both the U.S. qualified plan and the non-qualified plans for both 2020 
and 2019.  

($ in millions) 
Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

$ 

2020 

2019 

$ 

 706  
 706  
 666  

 727 
 727 
 664 

The following table provides the amounts recognized in AOCL on a pre-tax basis: 

($ in millions) 
Net actuarial loss (gain) at beginning of year 
Amortization of net (loss) gain 
(Gain) loss arising during the year 
Foreign currency fluctuations 
Net actuarial loss (gain) at end of year  

Pension 
Benefits 

Postretirement 
Benefits 

$ 

$ 

 392  
 (12)  
 (20)  
 1  
 361  

$ 

$ 

 (5) 
 1 
 2 
 — 
 (2) 

2020 Form 10-K Page 64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

19. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits (continued)  

The actuarial losses incurred during 2020 were primarily driven from a decrease in discount rates applied against 
future expected benefit payments and resulted in an increase in the benefit obligation for the pension benefit plans. 
This was partially offset by higher actual return over expected return on plan assets and liability gains from the U.S. 
qualified plan.  

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the benefit obligations under the plans: 

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 

Pension Benefits 
2019 

2020 

Postretirement Benefits 

2020 

2019 

 2.5 %   
 3.6 %   

 2.9 %   
 3.6 %   

 2.8 %   

 3.0 % 

Pension  expense  is  actuarially  calculated  annually  based  on  data  available  at  the  beginning  of  each  year.  The 
expected return on plan assets is determined by multiplying the expected long-term rate of return on assets by the 
market-related value of plan assets for the U.S. qualified pension plan and market value for the Canadian qualified 
pension plan. The market-related value of plan assets is a calculated value that recognizes investment gains and 
losses in fair value related to equities over three or five years, depending on which computation results in a market-
related value closer to market value. Market-related value for the U.S. qualified plan was $661 million and $601 million 
for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Assumptions used in the calculation of net benefit cost include the discount rate selected and disclosed at the end of 
the previous year, as well as other assumptions detailed in the table below: 

      2020 

Pension Benefits 
      2019 

      2018 

Postretirement Benefits 

      2020 

      2019 

      2018 

Discount rate (1) 
Rate of compensation increase 
Expected long-term rate of return on 
assets 

 2.9 %   
 3.6 %   

 4.0 %   
 3.6 %   

 4.0 %   
 3.6 %   

 5.5 %   

 5.8 %   

 5.9 %   

 3.0 %   

 4.1 %   

 3.7 % 

(1)  The U.S qualified pension plan was remeasured during the second quarter of 2018 in connection with the pension litigation. The discount rate 

used to determine the benefit obligation in 2018 before the remeasurement was 3.7%.  

The expected long-term rate of return on invested plan assets is based on the plans’ weighted-average target asset 
allocation,  as  well  as  historical  and  future  expected  performance  of  those  assets.  The  target  asset  allocation  is 
selected to obtain an investment return that is sufficient to cover the expected benefit payments and to reduce the 
variability of our future contributions. 

The following are the components of net periodic pension benefit cost and net periodic postretirement benefit income.  

($ in millions) 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of net loss (gain) 
Net benefit expense (income) 

Pension Benefits 
      2019 

      2018 

2020 

Postretirement Benefits 

      2020 

      2019 

      2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 14   $ 
 21  
 (37)  
 12  
 10   $ 

 20   $ 
 27  
 (37)  
 12  
 22   $ 

 18   $ 
 29  
 (38)  
 12  
 21   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 (1)  
 (1)   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 (1)  
 (1)   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 (1) 
 (1) 

Service  cost  is  recognized  as  a  component  of  SG&A  and  the  remaining  pension  and  postretirement  expense 
components are recognized as part of Other income, net.  

Beginning in 2001, new retirees were charged the expected full cost of the medical plan, and then-existing retirees 
will incur 100 percent of the expected future increases in medical plan costs. Any changes in the health care cost 
trend rates assumed would not affect the accumulated benefit obligation or net benefit income, since retirees will 
incur 100 percent of such expected future increases. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
     
    
  
     
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

19. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits (continued)  

We maintain a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”), which is an unfunded plan that includes provisions 
for the continuation of medical and dental insurance benefits to certain executive officers and other key employees 
of  the  Company  (“SERP  Medical  Plan”).  The  SERP  Medical  Plan’s  accumulated  projected  benefit  obligation  at 
January  30,  2021  was  $12  million.  The  following  initial  and  ultimate  cost  trend  rate  assumptions  were  used  to 
determine the benefit obligations under the SERP Medical Plan: 

      2020 

Medical Trend Rate 
      2019 

      2018 

Dental Trend Rate 

      2020 

      2019 

      2018 

Initial cost trend rate 
Ultimate cost trend rate 
Year that the ultimate cost trend rate is 
reached 

 6.3 %   
 5.0 %   

 6.5 %   
 5.0 %   

 6.5 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 % 
 5.0 % 

2025   

2025   

2025   

2020   

2020   

2019  

The following initial and ultimate cost trend rate assumptions were used to determine the net periodic cost under the 
SERP Medical Plan: 

      2020 

Medical Trend Rate 
      2019 

      2018 

Dental Trend Rate 

      2020 

      2019 

      2018 

Initial cost trend rate 
Ultimate cost trend rate 
Year that the ultimate cost trend rate is 
reached 

 6.5 %   
 5.0 %   

 6.5 %   
 5.0 %   

 7.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 % 
 5.0 % 

2025   

2025   

2025   

2020   

2019   

2018  

The  mortality  assumption  used  to  value  the  2020  U.S.  pension  obligations  was  the  Pri-2012  mortality  table  with 
generational projection using MP-2020 for both males and females, while in the prior year the obligation was valued 
using the Pri-2012 mortality table with generational projection using MP-2019. For years ended January 30, 2021 
and  February  1,  2020,  we  used  the  2014  CPM  Private  Sector  mortality  table  projected  generationally  with  Scale 
CPM-B for both males and females to value its Canadian pension obligations for 2020. For the SERP Medical Plan, 
the mortality assumption used to value the 2020 obligation was updated to the PriH-2012 table with generational 
projection  using  MP-2020,  while  in  the  prior  year  the  obligation  was  valued  using  the  PriH-2012  table  with 
generational projection using MP-2019. 

Plan Assets 

The  target  composition  of  our  Canadian  qualified  pension  plan  assets  is  95  percent  fixed-income  securities  and 
5 percent equities. We believe plan assets are invested in a conservative manner with the same overall objective and 
investment strategy as noted below for the U.S. pension plan. The bond portfolio is comprised of government and 
corporate bonds chosen to match the duration of the pension plan’s benefit payment obligations. This current asset 
allocation will limit future volatility with regard to the funded status of the plan. 

The target composition of our U.S. qualified pension plan assets is 60 percent fixed-income securities, 36.5 percent 
equities, and 3.5 percent real estate. We may alter the asset allocation targets from time to time depending on market 
conditions and the funding requirements of the pension plan. This current asset allocation has and is expected to 
limit volatility with regard to the funded status of the plan, but may result in higher pension expense due to the lower 
long-term rate of return associated with fixed-income securities. Due to market conditions and other factors, actual 
asset allocations may vary from the target allocation outlined above. 

We believe plan assets are invested in a conservative manner with an objective of providing a total return that, over 
the long term, provides sufficient assets to fund benefit obligations, taking into account our expected contributions 
and the level of funding risk deemed appropriate. Our investment strategy seeks to diversify assets among classes 
of investments with differing rates of return, volatility, and correlation in order to reduce funding risk. Diversification 
within asset classes is also utilized to ensure that there are no significant concentrations of risk in plan assets and to 
reduce the effect that the return on any single investment may have on the entire portfolio. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

19. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits (continued)  

Valuation of Investments 

Significant portions of plan assets are invested in commingled trust funds. These funds are valued at the net asset 
value of units held by the plan at year end. Stocks traded on U.S. and Canadian security exchanges are valued at 
closing  market  prices  on  the  measurement  date.  The  fair  values  of  the  Canadian  pension  plan  assets  at 
January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Canadian and international (1) 

Fixed-income securities: 
Cash matched bonds (2) 
Total assets at fair value 

      Level 1 
  $ 

 —   $ 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

 —   $ 

     2020 Total      2019 Total* 
 1 
 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 3  

 —  

 —  

 3  

  $ 

 —  
 3   $ 

 47  
 47   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 47  
 50   $ 

 2 

 48 
 51 

Each category of plan assets is classified within the same level of the fair value hierarchy for 2020 and 2019. 

* 
(1)  This category comprises one mutual fund that invests primarily in a diverse portfolio of Canadian securities. 
(2)  This category consists of fixed-income securities, including strips and coupons, issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada, provinces 
or municipalities of Canada including their agencies and crown corporations, as well as other governmental bonds and corporate bonds. 

The fair values of the U.S. pension plan assets at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 were as follows: 

      Level 1 
  $ 

 —   $ 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

     2020 Total      2019 Total* 
 3 
 4   $ 

 —   $ 

($ in millions) 
Cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 
U.S. large-cap (1) 
U.S. mid-cap (1) 
International (2) 
Corporate stock (3) 

Fixed-income securities: 

Long duration corporate and government 
bonds (4) 
Intermediate duration corporate and 
government bonds (5) 

Other types of investments: 
Real estate securities (6) 
Insurance contracts 
Total assets at fair value 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 17  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
 17   $ 

  $ 

 4   $ 

 117  
 34  
 84  
 —  

 269  

 119  

 22  
 —  

 649   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 117  
 34  
 84  
 17  

 269  

 119  

 22  
 —  

 666   $ 

 116 
 34 
 78 
 15 

 273 

 121 

 23 
 1 
 664 

Each category of plan assets is classified within the same level of the fair value hierarchy for 2020 and 2019. 

* 
(1)  These categories consist of various managed funds that invest primarily in common stocks, as well as other equity securities and a combination 

of other funds. 

(2)  This category comprises three managed funds that invest primarily in international common stocks, as well as other equity securities and a 

combination of other funds. 

(3)  This category consists of the Company’s common stock. 
(4)  This category consists of various fixed-income funds that invest primarily in long-term bonds, as well as a combination of other funds, that 

together are designed to exceed the performance of related long-term market indices. 

(5)  This category consists of two fixed-income funds that invest primarily in intermediate duration bonds, as well as a combination of other funds, 

that together are designed to exceed the performance of related indices. 
(6)  This category consists of one fund that invests in global real estate securities. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

19. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits (continued)  

Contributions and Expected Payments 

We were not required to make any contributions to the U.S. qualified pension plans in 2020. During 2019, we made 
a contribution of $55 million to this plan. We do not anticipate making any contributions to the U.S. qualified pension 
plan in 2021 due to the strong funded status of the plan, however we continually evaluate the amount and timing of 
any potential contributions based on market conditions and other factors. We paid $1 million and $2 million in pension 
benefits related to our non-qualified pension plans during 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Estimated future benefit payments for each of the next five years and the five years thereafter are as follows: 

($ in millions) 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026-2030 

Savings Plans 

$ 

Pension 
Benefits 

      Postretirement 

Benefits 

$ 

 65  
 53  
 51  
 49  
 46  
 208  

 1 
 1 
 1 
 — 
 — 
 3 

We have two qualified savings plans, a 401(k) plan that is available to employees whose primary place of employment 
is the U.S., and another plan that is available to employees whose primary place of employment is in Puerto Rico. 
Eligible team members may contribute to the plans following 28 days of employment and are eligible for matching 
contributions upon completion of one year of service consisting of at least 1,000 hours. As of January 1, 2021, the 
savings plans allow eligible employees to contribute up to 40 percent of their compensation on a pre-tax basis, subject 
to  a  maximum  of  $19,500  for  the  U.S.  plan  and  $15,000  for  the  Puerto  Rico  plan.  Prior  to  January  1,  2020,  we 
matched 25 percent of employees’ pre-tax contributions on up to the first 4 percent of the employees’ compensation 
(subject to certain limitations). Effective January 1, 2020, we match 100 percent of employees’ pre-tax contributions 
on up to the first 1 percent and 50 percent of the next 5 percent of the employees’ compensation (subject to certain 
limitations). Prior to January 1, 2020, such matching contributions were vested incrementally over the first five years 
of  participation  for  both  plans.  Effective  January  1,  2020,  matching  contributions  are  vested  over  two  years.  The 
charge to operations for matching contribution was $13 million and $4 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

20. Share-Based Compensation 

Stock Awards 

Under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Stock Plan”), stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, 
stock appreciation rights, or other share-based awards may be granted to nonemployee directors, officers and other 
employees, including our subsidiaries and operating divisions worldwide. Options for employees become exercisable 
in substantially equal annual installments over a three-year period, beginning with the first anniversary of the date of 
grant of the option, unless a shorter or longer duration is established at the time of the option grant. The options 
terminate ten years from the date of grant. On May 21, 2014, the 2007 Stock Plan was amended to increase the 
number of shares of common stock reserved for all awards to 14 million shares. As of January 30, 2021, there were 
7,053,613 shares available for issuance under this plan. 

Employees Stock Purchase Plan 

Under  our  2013  Foot  Locker  Employees  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”),  participating  employees  are  able  to 
contribute up to 10 percent of their annual compensation, not to exceed $25,000 in any plan year, through payroll 
deductions to acquire shares of our common stock at 85 percent of the lower market price on one of two specified 
dates in each plan year. Of the 3,000,000 shares of common stock authorized under this plan, there were 2,275,164 
shares available for purchase as of January 30, 2021. During 2020 and 2019, participating employees purchased 
104,054 shares and 96,451 shares, respectively. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Share-Based Compensation (continued)  

Share-Based Compensation Expense 

Total  compensation  expense  included  in  SG&A  and  the  associated  tax  benefits  recognized  related  to  our  share-
based compensation plans, were as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Options and shares purchased under the ESPP 
Restricted stock and restricted stock units 
Total share-based compensation expense 

Tax benefit recognized 

Valuation Model and Assumptions 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 6  
 9  
 15  

$ 

$ 

 6   $ 

 12  
 18   $ 

 2  

$ 

 2   $ 

 7 
 15 
 22 

 3 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. The Black-Scholes 
option-pricing  model  incorporates  various  and  subjective  assumptions,  including  expected  term  and  expected 
volatility. 

We estimate the expected term of share-based awards using our historical exercise and post-vesting employment 
termination patterns, which we believe are representative of future behavior. The expected term for the employee 
stock purchase plan valuation is based on the length of each purchase period as measured at the beginning of the 
offering period, which is one year. 

We estimate the expected volatility of our common stock at the grant date using a weighted-average of our historical 
volatility and implied volatility from traded options on our common stock. We believe that this combination of historical 
volatility and implied volatility provides a better estimate of future stock price volatility. 

The risk-free interest rate assumption is determined using the Federal Reserve nominal rates for U.S. Treasury zero-
coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. The expected dividend 
yield is derived from our historical experience.  

The following table shows the assumptions used to compute the share-based compensation expense: 

Weighted-average risk 
free rate of interest 
Expected volatility 
Weighted-average 
expected award life (in 
years) 
Dividend yield 
Weighted-average fair 
value 

Stock Option Plans 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Stock Purchase Plan  
2019 

2018 

2020 

 0.5 %    
 37 %    

 2.2 %    
 38 %    

 2.7 %    
 37 %    

 1.8 %    
 48 %    

 2.2 %    
 54 %    

 2.0 % 
 50 % 

 4.9   
 4.3 %    

 5.5   
 2.6 %    

 5.5   
 3.1 %    

 1.0   
 4.2 %    

 1.0   
 3.1 %    

 1.0  
 2.0 % 

  $ 

 5.03  

$ 

 17.07  

$ 

 12.42  

$ 

 13.97  

$ 

 16.68  

$ 

 15.29  

2020 Form 10-K Page 69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Share-Based Compensation (continued) 

The information set forth in the following table covers options granted under our stock option plans: 

  Number 

of 
Shares 

(in thousands) 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(in years) 

Options outstanding at the beginning of the 
year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Expired or cancelled 
Options outstanding at January 30, 2021 

Options exercisable at January 30, 2021 

 2,881  
 1,069  
 (165)  
 (245)  
 3,540  

 2,403  

 5.7  

 4.2  

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
(per share) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 54.21 
 21.61 
 23.36 
 34.47 
 47.17 

 55.81 

The  total  fair  value  of  options  vested  was  $6  million  during  both  2020  and  2019.  During  the  year  ended 
January  30,  2021,  we  received  $4  million  in  cash  from  option  exercises  and  recognized  a  related  tax  benefit  of 
$1 million.  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised (the difference between the market price of the Company’s common 
stock on the exercise date and the price paid by the optionee to exercise the option) is presented below: 

($ in millions) 
Exercised 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

 3  

$ 

 5   $ 

 4 

The aggregate intrinsic value for stock options outstanding, and those outstanding and exercisable (the difference 
between the closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price of the options, multiplied 
by the number of in-the-money stock options) is presented below: 

($ in millions) 
Outstanding 
Outstanding and exercisable 

2020 

 24 
 5 

$ 
$ 

As of January 30, 2021, there was $3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock 
options, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.4 years. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at January 30, 2021: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise 
Prices 

$18.84 to $23.09 
$24.75 to $36.51 
$44.78 to $45.75 
$46.64 to $62.11 
$63.33 to $73.21 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Remaining    Average 
  Contractual    Exercise 

  Weighted-   

  Number 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Number 

     Outstanding      

Life 

      Price 

     Exercisable       Price 

(in thousands, except prices per share and contractual life) 

 937   
 329   
 537   
 869   
 868  
 3,540   

 8.7   $ 
 2.3  
 4.9  
 5.0  
 4.8  
 5.7   $ 

 21.55   
 33.01   
 44.91   
 60.12   
 68.60   
 47.17   

 60   $ 

 326  
 447  
 703  
 867  
 2,403   $ 

 20.72 
 32.98 
 44.94 
 60.50 
 68.60 
 55.81 

2020 Form 10-K Page 70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Share-Based Compensation (continued) 

Restricted Stock Units 

Restricted stock units (“RSU”) may be awarded to certain officers and key employees. Additionally, RSU awards are 
made to employees in connection with our long-term incentive program, and to nonemployee directors. Each RSU 
award represents the right to receive one share of our common stock provided that the performance and vesting 
conditions are satisfied.  

Generally,  awards  fully  vest  after  the  passage  of  time,  typically  three  years.  However,  RSU  awards  made  in 
connection  with  our  performance-based  long-term  incentive  program  are  earned  after  the  attainment  of  certain 
performance metrics and, with regards to certain awards, vest after an additional one-year period. No dividends are 
paid or accumulated on any RSU awards. 

Compensation expense is recognized using the market value at the date of grant and is amortized over the vesting 
period, provided the recipient continues to be employed. RSU activity is summarized as follows: 
  Weighted-Average 

Nonvested at beginning of year 
Granted (1) 
Vested 
Performance adjustment (2)  
Forfeited 
Nonvested at January 30, 2021 

Number 
of 
Shares 
  (in thousands)      

 936  
 639  
 (121)  
 51  
 (157)  
 1,348  

Remaining  Weighted-Average 
Contractual 
Life 
(in years) 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

(per share) 

  $ 

1.3   $ 

 49.25 
 28.69 
 53.27 

 38.41 
 38.48 

Aggregate value ($ in millions) 

  $ 

 52  

(1) 

Included  in  the  units  granted  are  approximately  0.2  million  performance-based  RSUs.  The  number  of  performance-based  RSUs  that  are 
ultimately earned may vary from 0% to 200% of target depending on the achievement relative to predefined financial performance targets. 
(2)  This represents adjustments made to performance-based RSU awards and reflect changes in estimates based upon our current performance 

against predefined financial targets. 

The total fair value of awards vested was $6 million, $5 million, and $7 million, for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 
At  January  30,  2021,  there  was  $23  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  nonvested  RSU 
awards.   

21. Shareholder Rights Plan 

On December 7, 2020, our Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution 
of one right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record at the close of business 
on December 18, 2020. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company, when exercisable, 
a unit consisting of one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a share of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par 
value $1.00 per share, of the Company, at a purchase price of $210.00 per unit, subject to adjustment. The description 
and complete terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement"), dated as of December 
7, 2020, between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent. 

Initially, the Rights will not be exercisable and will be attached to all outstanding shares of our common stock. In the 
event that a person, either individually or with or through certain affiliated or associated persons, acquires beneficial 
ownership of 20 percent or more of our then outstanding common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or following 
the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person becoming an Acquiring Person 
(as defined in the Rights Agreement), the Rights will become exercisable. Once exercisable, each holder of a Right 
(other than the Acquiring Person, whose Rights will become null and void), will be entitled to purchase additional 
shares of our common stock at a 50 percent discount. The Board may redeem the Rights at a price of $0.001 per 
Right, subject to adjustment. 

The Rights will expire on December 7, 2021, unless the Rights are earlier redeemed, exchanged or terminated. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

22. Legal Proceedings 

Legal proceedings pending against the Company or its consolidated subsidiaries consist of ordinary, routine litigation, 
including administrative proceedings, incidental to the business of the Company or businesses that have been sold 
or discontinued by the Company in past years. These legal proceedings include commercial, intellectual property, 
customer,  environmental,  and  employment-related  claims.  We  do  not  believe  that  the  outcome  of  any  such  legal 
proceedings  pending  against  the  Company  or  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  as  described  above,  would  have  a 
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations, taken as a whole, 
based upon current knowledge and taking into consideration current accruals. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. 
Judgments could be rendered or settlements made that could adversely affect the Company’s operating results or 
cash flows in a particular period. 

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited) 

($ in millions) 
Sales 
2020 
2019 

Gross margin (1) 

2020 
2019 

Operating profit (2) 

2020 
2019 

Net income (3), (4) 

2020 
2019 

Basic earnings per share (5) 

2020 
2019 

Diluted earnings per share (5) 

2020 
2019 

      1st Quarter       2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter       4th Quarter        Fiscal Year 

 1,176  
 2,078  

 271  
 689  

 (105)  
 228  

 (110)  
 172  

 (1.06)  
 1.53  

 (1.06)  
 1.52  

 2,077  
 1,774  

 538  
 534  

 69  
 81  

 45  
 60  

 0.43  
 0.55  

 0.43  
 0.55  

 2,106  
 1,932  

 2,189   $ 
 2,221   $ 

 650  
 620  

 178  
 164  

 265  
 125  

 2.54  
 1.16  

 2.52  
 1.16  

 724   $ 
 700   $ 

 161   $ 
 176   $ 

 123   $ 
 134   $ 

 1.18   $ 
 1.28   $ 

 1.17   $ 
 1.27   $ 

 7,548 
 8,005 

 2,183 
 2,543 

 303 
 649 

 323 
 491 

 3.10 
 4.52 

 3.08 
 4.50 

(1)  Gross margin represents sales less cost of sales. Cost of sales includes: the cost of merchandise, freight, distribution costs including related 
depreciation expense, shipping and handling, occupancy and buyers’ compensation. Occupancy costs include rent (including fixed common 
area maintenance charges and other fixed non-lease components), real estate taxes, general maintenance, and utilities. 

(2)  Operating profit represents income before income taxes, net interest income and non-operating income. 
(3)  During the first and fourth quarters of 2020, we recorded impairment charges totaling $15 million and $66 million, respectively. During the 
fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded impairment charges of $48 million. See Note 3, Impairment and Other Charges for additional information. 
(4)  During the third quarter of 2020, we recorded a benefit of $190 million from one of our minority investments. See Note 4, Other Income for 

further information. 

(5)  Quarterly  income  per  share  amounts  may  not  total  to  the  annual  amount  due  to  changes  in  weighted-average  shares  outstanding  during 

the year. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
 
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

There  were  no  disagreements  between  the  Company  and  its  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  on 
matters of accounting principles or practices. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

(a)  Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. 

The Company’s management performed an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of 
the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”)) as of January 30, 2021. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO concluded that the 
Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  relating  to  the 
Company that is required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is 
recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, 
and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

(b)  Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 
financial reporting (as that term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). To evaluate the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, the Company uses the framework 
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (the  “2013  COSO  Framework”).  Using  the  2013  COSO  Framework,  the 
Company’s  management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  evaluated  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting and concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective 
as  of  January  30,  2021.  KPMG  LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audits  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an attestation report 
on the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which is included in Item 9A(d). 

(c)  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. 

We are currently migrating our e-commerce order management system. All North American e-commerce 
websites  and  apps  were  live  on  the  new  system  as  of  January  30,  2021.  In  connection  with  this 
implementation and resulting business process changes, we may make changes to the design and operation 
of our internal control over financial reporting.  

During the Company’s last fiscal quarter there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting, 
other than the implementation of our e-commerce order management system noted above, that materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

(d)  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting- the 

report appears on the following page. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 73 

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Foot Locker, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Foot Locker, Inc.’s and subsidiaries (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of 
January  30,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in 
all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  January  30,  2021,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, 
the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash 
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the 
“consolidated financial statements”), and our report dated March 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
consolidated financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for 
its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control 
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness 
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 
New York, New York 

March 25, 2021 

2020 Form 10-K Page 74 

 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

(a)  Directors of the Company 

Information relative to directors of the Company will be set forth under the section captioned “Proposal 
1-Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(b)  Executive Officers of the Company 

Information with respect to executive officers of the Company will be set forth in Item 4A in Part I. 

(c)  Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set 
forth under the section captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy 
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(d)  Information on our audit committee and the audit committee financial expert will be contained in the Proxy 
Statement under the section captioned “Committees of the Board” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(e)  Information about the Code of Business Conduct governing our employees, including our Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and the Board of Directors, will be set forth under 
the heading “Code of Business Conduct” under the Corporate Governance section of the Proxy Statement 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Information set forth in the Proxy Statement beginning with the section captioned “Director Compensation” through 
and including the section captioned “Pension Benefits” is incorporated herein by reference, and information set forth 
in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  heading  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Equity Compensation Plan Information” 
and “Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s Stock” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Directors’ Independence” is incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information about the principal accounting fees and services is set forth under the section captioned “Proposal 3: 
Ratification of the Appointment of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Audit and Non-Audit Fees” 
in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information about the Audit Committee’s preapproval 
policies  and  procedures  is  set  forth  in  the  section  captioned  “Proposal  3:  Ratification  of  the  Appointment  of  our 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Audit Committee Preapproval Policies and Procedures” in the 
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 75 

 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)(1) and (2) Financial Statements 

The list of financial statements required by this item is set forth in Item 8. “Consolidated Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data.” All other schedules specified under Regulation S-X have been omitted because 
they are not applicable, because they are not required, or because the information required is included in 
the financial statements or notes thereto. 

(a)(3) and (c) Exhibits 

An index of the exhibits which are required by this item and which are included or incorporated herein by 
reference in this report appears on pages 77 through 80.  

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

2020 Form 10-K Page 76 

 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

Exhibit No.       

3.1 

Description 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as filed by the Department of State of the State of New 
York on April 7, 1989 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(a) to the Quarterly Report on 
Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  July  26,  1997  filed  on  September  4,  1997  (the 
“July  26,  1997  Form  10-Q”)),  as  amended  by  Certificates  of  Amendment  of  the  Certificate  of 
Incorporation  of  the  Registrant,  as  filed  by  the  Department  of  State  of  the  State  of  New  York  on 
(a)  July  20,  1989,  (b)  July  24,  1990,  (c)  July  9,  1997  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3(i)(b) to the July 26, 1997 Form 10-Q), (d) June 11, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 4.2(a) to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-62425) (the “1998 
Form  S-8”)),  (e)  November  1,  2001  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the 
Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  (Registration  No.  333-74688)  (the  “2001  Form  S-8”)), 
(f) May 28, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated  May  21,  2014  filed  on  May  28,  2014),  and  (g)  December  8,  2020  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  December  7,  2020  filed  on 
December 8, 2020). 

3.2 

  By-Laws  of  the  Registrant,  as  amended  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 20, 2018 filed on February 22, 2018). 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

Rights Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020, between the Registrant and Computershare Trust 
Company,  N.A.,  as  Rights  Agent  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2020 filed on December 8, 2020). 

Indenture,  dated  as  of  October  10,  1991  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-43334)). 

Form of 8-1/2 % Debentures due 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 1992). 

4.3* 

  Description of Registrant’s Securities.   

10.1 

10.2 

10.3† 

10.4† 

10.5† 

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2016, among Foot Locker, Inc., a New York corporation, the 
guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo, National Association, as agent, 
letter of credit issuer and swing line lender (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2016 filed on May 19, 2016). 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2020, among Foot Locker, Inc., a New 
York corporation, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Wells Fargo, National 
Association, as administrative agent, letter of credit issuer, and swing line lender (incorporated herein 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  July  14,  2020  filed  on 
July 16, 2020). 

Foot Locker 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of May 21, 2014 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2014 
filed on December 31, 2014. 

Amendment Number One to the Foot Locker 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as 
of May 21, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 filed on March 23, 2017).  

Foot  Locker  Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 23, 2016 filed on 
March 29, 2016) (the “March 23, 2016 Form 8-K”). 

2020 Form 10-K Page 77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.       

Description 
Foot Locker Executive Incentive Cash Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 28, 2018 filed on April 3, 2018). 

10.6† 

10.7† 

10.8† 

10.9† 

10.10† 

10.11† 

10.12† 

10.13† 

10.14† 

10.15† 

10.16† 

10.17† 

10.18† 

10.19† 

10.20† 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated herein by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.40  to  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
January 28, 2006 filed on March 27, 2006). 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the March 26, 2014 Form 8-K).  

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the March 28, 2013 Form 8-K). 

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 to March 23, 2016 Form 8-K). 

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for new hires (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 30, 
2016 filed on September 7, 2016). 

Form  of  Performance  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement 
Incentive 
Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  March  23,  2016 
Form 8-K). 

for  Long-Term 

Form of Accelerate Future Growth Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 12, 2018 filed on April 18, 2018.) 

Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the 
Registration Statement on Form 8-B filed on August 7, 1989 (Registration No. 1-10299) (the “8-B 
Registration Statement”)). 

Amendment to the Executive Supplemental  Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10(c)(i) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1995 filed 
on April 24, 1995). 

Amendment to the Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated  herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10(d)(ii) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 27, 1996 filed 
on April 26, 1996). 

Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  August  13,  2007  filed  on 
August 17, 2007). 

Amendment  to  the  Foot  Locker  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  May  25,  2011  filed  on 
May 27, 2011). 

Amendment Number Two to the Foot Locker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 2014 filed on 
April 1, 2014 (the “March 26, 2014 Form 8-K”)). 

Amendment  Number  Three  to  the  Foot  Locker  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated 
May 22, 2019 filed on May 28, 2019 (the “May 22, 2019 Form 8-K”)). 

2020 Form 10-K Page 78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.21† 

10.22† 

10.23† 

10.24† 

Exhibit No.       

Description 
Amendment Number Four to the Foot Locker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended August 3, 2019 filed on September 11, 2019). 

Foot  Locker  Directors’  Retirement  Plan,  as  amended  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10(k) to the 8-B Registration Statement). 

Amendments  to  the  Foot  Locker  Directors’  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 28, 1995 
filed on December 11, 1995). 

Foot Locker, Inc. Excess Cash Balance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to 
the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009 filed on March 30, 2009 
(the “2008 Form 10-K”)). 

10.25†* 

  Foot Locker Excess Savings Plan.  

10.26† 

10.27† 

10.28† 

10.29† 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34† 

10.35† 

10.36† 

10.37† 

Automobile  Expense  Reimbursement  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Executive  Medical  Expense  Allowance  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Financial Planning Allowance Program for Senior Executives (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.28 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Long-Term  Disability  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.32 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Form of indemnification agreement, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to 
the 8-B Registration Statement). 

Amendment to form of indemnification agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 
to  the  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  May  5,  2001  filed  on 
June 13, 2001 (the “May 5, 2001 Form 10-Q”)). 

Trust Agreement dated as of November 12, 1987 (“Trust Agreement”), between F.W. Woolworth Co. 
and The Bank of New York, as amended and assumed by the Registrant (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the 8-B Registration Statement). 

Amendment  to  Trust  Agreement  made  as  of  April  11,  2001  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the May 5, 2001 Form 10-Q).  

Employment  Agreement,  dated  November  6,  2014,  by  and  between  Richard  A.  Johnson  and  the 
Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
November 3, 2014 filed on November 7, 2014). 

Form of Senior Executive Employment Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 20, 2015 filed on April 20, 2015). 

Form of Executive Employment Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 filed on March 24, 2016). 

Agreement,  dated  July  28,  2020,  between  the  Registrant  and  Stephen  D.  Jacobs  (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 1, 2020 filed 
September 4, 2020). 

2020 Form 10-K Page 79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.       

21* 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

Description 

23* 

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

31.1* 

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2* 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32** 

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS* 

  XBRL Instance Document. 

101.SCH* 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. 

101.CAL* 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. 

101.DEF* 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.  

101.LAB* 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. 

101.PRE* 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. 

104 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 10.1). 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

* 

Filed herewith 

**  Furnished herewith 

2020 Form 10-K Page 80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

By: /s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON 
Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date: March 25, 2021 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  on 
March 25, 2021, by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated. 

/s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON 
Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ GIOVANNA CIPRIANO 
Giovanna Cipriano 
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 

/s/ MAXINE CLARK 
Maxine Clark 
Director 

/s/ ALAN D. FELDMAN 
Alan D. Feldman 
Director 

/s/ GUILLERMO G. MARMOL 
Guillermo G. Marmol 
Director 

/s/ MATTHEW M. MCKENNA 
Matthew M. McKenna 
Director 

/s/ STEVEN OAKLAND 
Steven Oakland 
Director 

/s/ LAUREN B. PETERS 
Lauren B. Peters 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ ULICE PAYNE, JR. 
Ulice Payne, Jr. 
Director 

/s/ DARLENE NICOSIA 
Darlene Nicosia 
Director 

/s/ KIMBERLY K. UNDERHILL 
Kimberly K. Underhill 
Director 

/s/ TRISTAN WALKER 
Tristan Walker 
Director 

/s/ DONA D. YOUNG 
Dona D. Young 
Lead Director 

2020 Form 10-K Page 81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES 
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Exhibit 4.3 

The following description of the common stock of Foot Locker, Inc. (“Foot Locker,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and 
“our”) is based on our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (our “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our Bylaws 
(our  “Bylaws”).  This  description  is  summarized  from,  and  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  New  York 
Business Corporation Law and the complete text of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws, which are filed 
as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to our Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK	

Authorized Shares of Capital Stock 

Our authorized capital stock consists of: 

•      500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share; and 

•      7,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share. 

Voting Rights 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such shareholder which 
has voting power upon the matter in question, including the election of directors. Except as otherwise provided by 
law, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, matters will generally be decided by the holders of a majority of 
shares entitled to vote thereon. Our Bylaws provide that directors must be elected by a majority of the votes cast in 
elections for which the number of nominees for election does not exceed the number of directors to be elected. A 
plurality vote standard applies to contested elections where the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors 
to be elected. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that any incumbent director who does not receive a 
majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election is required to tender his or her resignation for consideration by 
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will 
make a recommendation to the Board of Directors (“Board”) whether to accept or reject the resignation, or whether 
other action should be taken. The director who tenders his or her resignation will not participate in the Committee’s 
or the Board’s decision. In determining its recommendation to the Board, the Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee will consider all factors that it deems relevant. Following such determination, the Company will promptly 
disclose publicly the Board’s decision, including, if applicable, the reasons for rejecting the tendered resignation. 

Dividends 

Subject to preferences that may apply to any preferred stock outstanding, holders of common stock are entitled to 
receive dividends out of assets legally available at the time and in the amounts that the Board may determine from 
time to time. 

Liquidation Rights 

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Foot Locker, the holders of common stock are entitled to 
share equally and ratably in the assets of Foot Locker, if any, remaining after the payment of all debts and liabilities 
of Foot Locker and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Other Rights and Preferences 

Our common stock has no sinking fund, redemption provisions, or preemptive, conversion, or exchange rights. 

Listing 

Our common stock is listed on The New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FL.” 

Transfer Agent and Registrar 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Shareholder Services. 

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

On  December  7,  2020,  the  Board  of  Foot  Locker,  authorized  and  declared  a  dividend  distribution  of  one  right  (a 
“Right”) for each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common 
Stock”) to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 18, 2020 (the “Record Date”). 

Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company, when exercisable and subject to adjustment, 
a  unit  consisting  of  one  one-thousandth  (1/1,000)  of  a  share  (a  “Unit”)  of  Series  C  Junior  Participating  Preferred 
Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”), at a purchase price of $210.00 per Unit, 
subject  to  adjustment  (the  “Purchase  Price”).  The  description  and  complete  terms  of  the  Rights  are  set  forth  in  a 
Rights  Agreement  (the  “Rights  Agreement”),  dated  as  of  December  7,  2020,  between  the  Company  and 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”). 

The full text of the Rights Agreement is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 
2020. A copy of the Rights Agreement is available free of charge from the Rights Agent. The following is a summary 
of the material terms of the Rights Agreement. 

Rights Certificates; Exercise Period; Term 

Initially, the Rights will be attached to all outstanding shares of Common Stock, and no separate rights certificates 
(“Rights Certificates”) will be distributed. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Rights Agreement, the Rights 
will separate from the Common Stock and a distribution date for the Rights (“Distribution Date”) will occur upon the 
earlier of (i) the tenth (10th) business day following a public announcement that a person (an “Acquiring Person”), 
either individually or with or through certain affiliated or associated persons, has acquired beneficial ownership of 
twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Stock Acquisition Date”), other than 
as a result of (a) pre-existing beneficial ownership in excess of the applicable threshold (in which case such person 
shall become an Acquiring Person upon acquisition of an additional one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the outstanding 
shares  of  Common  Stock),  (b)  repurchases  of  stock  by  the  Company,  or  (c)  certain  inadvertent  actions  by 
shareholders and (ii) the tenth (10th) business day (or such later date as the Board of the Company shall determine) 
following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person becoming an Acquiring 
Person. For purposes of the Rights Agreement, beneficial ownership is defined to include any securities with respect 
to which a person constitutes a “beneficial owner” as defined in Section 912 of the New York Business Corporation 
Law, subject to certain exceptions. 

Until  the  Distribution  Date,  (i)  the  Rights  will  be  evidenced  by  the  Common  Stock  certificates  (or,  for  book  entry 
shares, by notations in the respective accounts for the Common Stock) and will be transferred with and only with 
such  Common  Stock,  (ii)  new  Common  Stock  certificates  issued  after  the  Record  Date  will  contain  a  notation 
incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference (and for book entry shares, the account statement will contain a 
notation advising the holders of the Rights Agreement) and (iii) the surrender for transfer of any certificates for shares 
of Common Stock (or book entry shares) outstanding will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with 
the Common Stock represented by such certificates (or book entry shares). Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, the 
Company reserves the right to require prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as defined below) that, upon any 
exercise of Rights, a number of Rights be exercised so that only whole shares of Preferred Stock will be issued. 

 
 
 
The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date  and will expire on the first (1st) anniversary date of the 
Rights Agreement (the “Expiration Date”), unless the Rights are earlier redeemed, exchanged or terminated. 

As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Rights Certificates will be sent by such means as may be selected 
by the Company to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and, 
thereafter, the separate Rights Certificates alone will represent the Rights. Except as otherwise determined by the 
Board  of  the  Company,  only  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  prior  to  the  earlier  of  the  Distribution  Date  and  the 
Expiration Date will be issued with the Rights. 

Flip-in Trigger 

In the event that any person becomes an Acquiring Person (unless the event causing such person to become an 
Acquiring Person is a transaction described under “Flip-over Trigger,” below), each holder of a Right will thereafter 
have  the  right  to  receive,  upon  exercise,  Common  Stock  (or,  in  certain  circumstances,  cash,  property  or  other 
securities of the Company) having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. Notwithstanding any of 
the foregoing, following the occurrence of any of the events set forth in this paragraph, all Rights that are, or (under 
certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person will be 
null and void and any holder of any such Rights (including any purported transferees or subsequent holders) will be 
unable to exercise or transfer any such Rights. However, Rights are not exercisable following the occurrence of the 
event set forth above until such time as the Rights are no longer redeemable by the Board of the Company as set 
forth below. 

Flip-over Trigger 

In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date, (i) the Company engages in a merger or other 
business combination transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) the Company engages 
in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is the surviving corporation and the 
Common  Stock  of  the  Company  is  changed  or  exchanged,  or  (iii)  fifty  percent  (50%)  or  more  of  the  Company’s 
assets, cash flow or earning power is sold or transferred, each holder of a Right (except Rights which have previously 
been voided as set forth above) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, in accordance with the terms 
of the Rights Agreement, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the exercise 
price  of  the  Right.  The  events  set  forth  in  this  paragraph  and  in  the  preceding  paragraph  are  referred  to  as  the 
“Triggering Events.” 

Exchange Feature 

At any time after any person becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the acquisition by such person of fifty percent 
(50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Board of the Company may exchange the Rights 
(other than Rights beneficially owned by such Acquiring Person, which will have become null and void), in whole or 
in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock, or one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a share of Preferred 
Stock (or of a share of a class or series of the Company’s preferred stock having equivalent rights, preferences and 
privileges), per Right (subject to adjustment). 

Equitable Adjustments 

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Units of Preferred Stock or other securities or property issuable, 
upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock 
dividend on, or a subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification of, the Preferred Stock, (ii) if holders of 
the Preferred Stock are granted certain rights or warrants to subscribe for Preferred Stock or convertible securities 
at less than the then-current market price of the Preferred Stock, or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Preferred 
Stock of evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash (excluding regular quarterly cash dividends or dividends payable 
in Preferred Stock) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above). 

 
 
 
The number of outstanding Rights is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock dividend on outstanding Common 
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the Common Stock 
occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date. 

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments amount 
to at least one percent (1%) of the Purchase Price. No fractional Units will be issued and, in lieu thereof, an adjustment 
in cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of 
exercise. 

Redemption Rights 

At any time prior to the earlier to occur of (i) ten (10) business days following the Stock Acquisition Date and (ii) the 
Expiration Date, the Board of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per 
Right (as such amount may be adjusted pursuant to the Rights Agreement), payable in cash, Common Stock or other 
consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of the Company. Immediately upon the action of the Board of the 
Company ordering redemption of the Rights (or if such action states that the redemption will not be effective until the 
occurrence  of  a  specified  future  time  or  event,  upon  the  occurrence  of  such  future  time  or  event),  the  Rights  will 
terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the $0.001 redemption price. 

Amendment of Rights 

Any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board of the Company so long as the Rights 
are then redeemable. At any time when the Rights are no longer redeemable, the provisions of the Rights Agreement 
may be amended by the Board of  the Company for any reason, including to shorten or lengthen any time period 
under the Rights Agreement, except that no amendment may be made at such time as the Rights are not redeemable 
that may (a) adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights as such, (b) cause the Rights Agreement to 
become  amendable  other  than  as  already  provided  in  the  Rights  Agreement  and  (c)  cause  the  Rights  to  again 
become redeemable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no supplement or amendment may be made that changes the 
redemption price. 

Anti-Takeover Effects 

The Rights may have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights may cause substantial dilution to any person or group 
that attempts to acquire the Company without the approval of its Board. As a result, the overall effect of the Rights 
may  be  to  render  more  difficult  or  discourage  a  merger,  tender  offer  or  other  business  combination  involving  the 
Company that is not supported by its Board. 

Miscellaneous 

Until a Right is exercised or exchanged, the holder thereof, as such, will have no separate rights as a shareholder of 
the Company, including the right to vote or to receive dividends in respect of the Rights. While the distribution of the 
Rights will not be taxable to shareholders or to the Company, shareholders may, depending upon the circumstances, 
recognize  taxable  income  in  the  event  that  the  Rights  become  exercisable  for  Common  Stock  (or  such  other 
consideration as the Board of the Company may elect) or for common stock of an acquiring company or in the event 
of the redemption of the Rights as set forth above. 

The foregoing description of the Rights Agreement and the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified 
in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and the 
Rights Agreement, copies of which were filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 4.1, respectively, to the Current Report on Form 8-
K filed by the Company on December 8, 2020. 

 
 
 
 
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND 
BYLAWS 

Certain Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock 

Our Board may create and issue series of preferred stock with rights, privileges or restrictions, having the effect of 
discriminating  against  an  existing  or  prospective  holder  of  such  securities  as  a  result  of  such  security  holder 
beneficially owning or commencing a tender offer for a substantial amount of common stock.  One of the effects of 
authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of capital stock may be to render more difficult or discourage an 
attempt by a potential acquiror to obtain control of Foot Locker by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or 
otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of Foot Locker’s management. 

Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals and Nominations 

Our Bylaws contain advance notice provisions with respect to shareholder nominations of candidates for election as 
directors and any other business that the shareholder intends to bring at a meeting of shareholders. 

No Cumulative Voting 

Our Bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. The absence of cumulative voting may 
make it more difficult for shareholders owning less than a majority of our common stock to elect any directors to our 
Board. 

Power of Shareholders to Call Special Shareholders Meeting 

Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called only by the Chairman of our Board, the 
Chief Executive Officer, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or our Board pursuant to a resolution adopted 
by a majority of the total number of authorized directors. 

Anti-Greenmail Provision 

Our Certificate of Incorporation includes an “anti-greenmail” provision that prohibits us from repurchasing any shares 
of our capital stock at a price above the fair market value of such shares at the time of such repurchase from an 
Interested Shareholder (defined as any person, with certain exceptions, who is, or who has announced or publicly 
disclosed a plan or intention to become, a beneficial owner of five percent or more of our voting stock) or certain 
related parties who have not beneficially owned all of their shares for at least two years, unless such repurchase is 
approved by a majority vote of shareholders other than such Interested Shareholder and related parties. 

 
 
 
Exhibit 10.25 

FOOT LOCKER EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN  

(Effective January 1, 2020) 

1. 

Purpose. 

The purpose of this Plan is to provide supplemental benefits for a select group of management and 

key employees of the Employer who contribute to the Qualified Plan and whose compensation for purposes of 

the Qualified Plan is limited by the Compensation Limit. It is intended that the Plan shall at all times be 
maintained on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Code, and administered as a “top 
hat” plan exempt from the substantive requirements of ERISA. The Plan is intended to comply with the 

requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan as set forth below is effective January 1, 2020. 

2. 

Definitions. 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the following words as used in the Plan shall have the 

meanings ascribed to each below: 

(a) 

“Account” shall mean the separate recordkeeping account maintained for each Participant, 
which consists of the Excess Savings Credit credited to the Participant’s Account, plus 
interest credited in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan, in each case, as of any Accounting 

Date.  

(b) 

“Accounting Date” shall mean each business day or such other dates as the Committee 

may determine in accordance with its rules and procedures.  

(c) 

“Affiliate” shall mean the Company and any entity affiliated with the Company within the 

meaning of Code Section 414(b) with respect to controlled group of corporations, Code 
Section 414(c) with respect to trades or businesses under common control with the Company, 
Code Section 414(m) with respect to affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to 

be aggregated with the Company under Code Section 414(o). No entity shall be treated as an 
Affiliate for any period during which it is not part of the controlled group, under common 
control or otherwise required to be aggregated under Code Section 414, except as may 

otherwise be determined by the Board and set forth in resolutions of the Board. 

(d) 

“Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s beneficiary under the Qualified Plan and 

determined in accordance with the Qualified Plan and any rules or procedures established 
thereunder. 

(e) 

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(f) 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references to any 

section of the Code shall be deemed to refer not only to such section, but also to (i) any 
amendment thereto, (ii) any successor statutory provision, and (iii) any regulations issued 
thereunder.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

“Committee” shall mean the Retirement Plan Committee of the Company (including any 
successor committee) or such other committee as designated by the Board. 

“Company” shall mean Foot Locker, Inc., a New York corporation, and any successor by 
merger, consolidation or transfer of assets. 

“Compensation Limit” shall mean, for any Plan Year, the limitation on compensation 
applicable under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Plan Year. 

(j) 

“Control Group” shall mean the Company and its Affiliates. 

(k) 

“Employee” shall mean any officer, member of senior management or other key employee 
employed by an Employer, as determined by the Committee in accordance with its rules and 
procedures. 

(l) 

“Employer” shall mean the Company and any Participating Employer. 

(m) 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. All 
references to any section of ERISA shall be deemed to refer not only to such section, but also 
to (i) any amendment thereto, (ii) any successor statutory provision, and (iii) any regulations 

issued thereunder. 

(n) 

“Excess Savings Credit” shall mean the amount(s) credited to a Participant’s Account in 

accordance with Section 3 hereof.  

(o) 

“Match Percentage” shall mean, for any Plan Year, the amount of the QP Matching 

Contributions that a Participant receives under the Qualified Plan with respect to the Plan 
Year, expressed as a percentage of the Participant’s compensation taken into account under 
the Qualified Plan for the Plan Year. 

(p) 

“Participant” shall mean any Employee who (i) contributes to the Qualified Plan for a Plan 
Year, (ii) receives Total Compensation for the same Plan Year that exceeds the 

Compensation Limit for the Plan Year, and (iii) is ineligible to accrue any Compensation 
Credits (as defined in the Retirement Plan) under the Retirement Plan with respect to the Plan 
Year.  

(q) 

“Participating Employer” shall mean any Affiliate which has adopted the Plan by action of 
its board of directors and is approved by the Board. 

(r) 

“Plan” shall mean the Foot Locker Excess Savings Plan, as amended from time to time. 

(s)  

(t) 

“Plan Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) months beginning on January 1st and ending 
on the following December 31st. 

“QP Matching Contributions” shall mean “Matching Contributions,” as such term is defined 
under the Qualified Plan. 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(u) 

(v) 

“Qualified Plan” shall mean the Foot Locker 401(k) Plan, as amended and restated as of 
January 1, 2017, and as further amended from time to time. 

“Retirement Plan” shall mean the Foot Locker Retirement Plan, as amended and restated as 
of January 1, 2017, and as further amended from time to time. 

(w)  

“Specified Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Code on the 
date of Termination of Employment in accordance with procedures established by the 

Company and consistent with Section 409A of the Code.  

(x) 

“Termination of Employment” shall mean a termination of employment or other separation 

from service with the Control Group in accordance with Section 409A of the Code for any 
reason, including, without limitation, retirement, death, disability, resignation, or dismissal with 
or without Cause; provided, however, that if an Employer is no longer a member of the Control 

Group and the Participant is transferred in connection with the sale of the assets of an 
Employer and the successor assumed the obligations hereunder in accordance with Section 
14 hereof, a Termination of Employment shall not occur until the Participant terminates 

employment with the successor’s controlled group.  

(y) 

“Total Compensation” shall mean the compensation otherwise taken into account under the 

Qualified Plan, determined in accordance with the provisions of the Qualified Plan, but without 
regard to the limitation on compensation otherwise required under Code Section 401(a)(17). 

3. 

Excess Savings Credits and Interest. 

An Excess Savings Credit shall be credited to each Participant’s Account within the first two months 

following each Plan Year in which the Participant’s Total Compensation exceeds the Compensation Limit, 
provided that the Participant is employed by an Employer on the last business day of the Plan Year. The 

Excess Savings Credit for a Plan Year (if any) shall equal the product of (i) the Match Percentage and (ii) the 
amount by which the Participant’s Total Compensation exceeds the Compensation Limit. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Excess Savings Credit for a Plan Year exceed the 
QP Matching Contributions that the Participant could have received under the Qualified Plan for the Plan Year 
but for the Qualified Plan’s restrictions based on the compensation and deferral limitations applicable to the 

Qualified Plan under the Code. 

Each Participant’s Account shall be credited with simple interest per annum on any amounts credited 

thereto through the date on which the Account is distributed at a rate of one hundred twenty percent (120%) of 
the annually compounded long-term applicable federal rate determined in accordance with Code Section 
1274(d), as published by the Internal Revenue Service as of the December of the prior Plan Year.  For the 

avoidance of doubt, no Excess Savings Credit shall be credited to a Participant’s Account for any Plan Year in 
which the Participant does not contribute to the Qualified Plan.  

4. 

Vesting. 

Subject to the Company’s right to terminate the Plan under Section 16 hereof, the Excess Savings 
Credits credited to a Participant’s Account shall vest to the same extent that the Participant’s QP Matching 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributions are vested under the Qualified Plan.  

5. 

Payment. 

The vested portion of a Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on the first 
payroll date of the month occurring thirty (30) days after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment 
with an Employer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 to a Participant 
who  is  a  Specified  Employee  during  the  first  six  (6)  months  following  such  Participant’s  Termination  of 
Employment  shall  be  delayed  during  the  six  (6)  month  period  following  such  Participant’s  Termination  of 
Employment and shall be paid to the Participant on the first payroll date of the month following the end of such 
six (6) month period.    

6. 

Death of Participant. 

Notwithstanding Section 5 hereof, in the event of the death of a Participant, the vested portion of the 

Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary no later than December 31 of the year 

following the year in which the Participant death occurs. 

7. 

Claims Procedure. 

Any claim by a Participant or Beneficiary (“Claimant”) with respect to eligibility, participation, benefits, 

or other aspects of the operation of the Plan shall be made in writing to the Secretary of the Company or such 
other person designated by the Committee from time to time for such purpose. If the designated person 
receiving a claim believes, following consultation with the Chairman of the Committee, that the claim should be 

denied, he or she shall notify the Claimant in writing of the denial of the claim within ninety (90) days after his or 
her receipt thereof (this period may be extended an additional ninety (90) days in special circumstances and, in 
such event, the Claimant shall be notified in writing of the extension). Such notice shall (a) set forth the specific 

reason or reasons for the denial making reference to the pertinent provisions of the Plan or of Plan documents 
on which the denial is based, (b) describe any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim, 
and explain why such material or information, if any, is necessary, and (c) inform the Claimant of his or her right 

pursuant to this Section 7 to request review of the decision. 

A Claimant may appeal the denial of a claim by submitting a written request for review to the 

Committee, within sixty (60) days after the date on which such denial is received. Such period may be 
extended by the Committee for good cause shown. The claim shall then be reviewed by the Committee. A 
Claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may discuss any issues relevant to the claim, may review 

pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. If the Committee deems it appropriate, it 
may hold a hearing as to a claim. If a hearing is held, the Claimant shall be entitled to be represented by 
counsel. The Committee shall decide whether or not to grant the claim within sixty (60) days after receipt of the 

request for review, but this period may be extended by the Committee for up to an additional sixty (60) days in 
special circumstances. Written notice of any such special circumstances shall be sent to the Claimant. Any 
claim not decided upon in the required time period shall be deemed denied. All interpretations, determinations 

and decisions of the Committee with respect to any claim shall be made in its sole discretion based on the Plan 
and other relevant documents and shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons. 

A Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to the Claimant under the Plan before 

the Claimant may seek any judicial review.  

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. 

Construction of Plan. 

Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create 

or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the 

Participants, their Beneficiaries or any other person. Any funds which may be invested under the provisions of 
this Plan shall continue for all purposes to be part of the general funds of the Employer and no person other 
than the Employer shall by virtue of the provisions of this Plan have any interest in such funds. To the extent 

that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Employer under this Plan, such right shall be no 
greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer. If the Company decides to establish 
any advance accrued reserve on its books against the future expense of benefits payable hereunder, or if the 

Company is required to fund a trust under this Plan, such reserve or trust shall not under any circumstances be 
deemed to be an asset of the Plan. In no event shall any Participant or Beneficiary be entitled to receive any 
payment for any amount due under the Plan from any trust maintained for the Qualified Plan. 

9. 

Minors and Incompetents. 

In the event that the Committee finds that a Participant is unable to care for his or her affairs because 

of illness or accident, then benefits payable hereunder, unless claim has been made therefor by a duly 

appointed guardian, committee, or other legal representative, may be paid in such manner as the Committee 
shall determine, and the payment of any benefits hereunder and the application thereof shall be a complete 
discharge of all liability for any payments or benefits to which such Participant was or would have been 

otherwise entitled under this Plan. Any payments to a minor from this Plan may be paid by the Committee in its 
sole and absolute discretion (a) directly to such minor; (b) to the legal or natural guardian of such minor; or (c) 
to any other person, whether or not appointed guardian of the minor, who shall have the care and custody of 

such minor. The receipt by such individual shall be a complete discharge of all liability under the Plan therefor. 

10. 

Administration. 

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee (or its delegate) shall have the 

exclusive right, power, and authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to administer, apply and interpret the 
Plan and any other Plan documents and to decide all matters arising in connection with the operation or 
administration of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the sole 

and absolute discretionary authority:  (a) to take all actions and make all decisions with respect to the eligibility 
for, and the amount of, benefits payable under the Plan; (b) to formulate, interpret and apply rules, regulations 
and policies necessary to administer the Plan in accordance with its terms; (c) to decide questions, including 

legal or factual questions, relating to the calculation and payment of benefits under the Plan; (d) to resolve 
and/or clarify any ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions arising under the Plan or other Plan documents; 
(e) to decide for purposes of paying benefits hereunder, whether, based on the terms of the Plan, a termination 

of employment has occurred; and (f) except as specifically provided to the contrary in Section 7 hereof, to 
process and approve or deny benefit claims and rule on any benefit exclusions. All determinations made by the 
Committee (or any delegate) with respect to any matter arising under the Plan and any other Plan documents 

shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties. 

Decisions of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members attending a meeting at which a 

quorum is present (which meeting may be held telephonically), or by written action in accordance with 
applicable law. All decisions of the Committee on any question concerning the interpretation and administration 
of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties. 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
No member of the Committee and no officer, director or employee of the Company or any other 

Affiliate shall be liable for any action or inaction with respect to his or her functions under the Plan unless such 
action or inaction is adjudged to be due to gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. Further, no such 
person shall be personally liable merely by virtue of any instrument executed by him or her or on his or her 

behalf in connection with the Plan. 

Each Employer shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law and its Certificate of Incorporation 

and By-laws (but only to the extent not covered by insurance) its officers and directors (and any employee 
involved in carrying out the functions of such Employer under the Plan) and each member of the Committee 
against any expenses, including amounts paid in settlement of a liability, which are reasonably incurred in 

connection with any legal action to which such person is a party by reason of his or her duties or 
responsibilities with respect to the Plan (other than as a Participant), except with regard to matters as to which 
he or she shall be adjudged in such action to be liable for gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud in the 

performance of his or her duties. 

11. 

Limitation of Rights. 

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon an Employee the right to continue in 

the employ of the Employer as a Participant or in any other capacity or to interfere with the Employer’s right to 
discharge him or her at any time for any reason whatsoever. 

12. 

Payment Not Salary. 

Any Excess Savings Credit payable under this Plan shall not be deemed salary or other compensation 
to the Employee for the purposes of computing benefits to which he or she may be entitled under any pension 
plan or other arrangement of the Employer for the benefit of its employees, except as otherwise provided in 

such plan or arrangement. 

13. 

Withholding. 

The Employer shall have the right to make such provisions as it deems necessary or appropriate to 

satisfy any obligations it may have to withhold federal, state or local income or other taxes incurred by reason 

of payments or accrual pursuant to this Plan. In lieu thereof, the Employer shall have the right to withhold the 
amount of such taxes from any other sums due or to become due from the Employer to the Participant upon 
such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe. 

14. 

Assignment. 

This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer, its successors and assigns 

and the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. In addition to any 

obligations imposed by law upon any successor of the Employer, the Employer shall require any successor 
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the 
business and/or assets of the Employer to expressly assume and agree in writing to assume the obligations 

under this Plan to the same extent that the Employer would be responsible if no such succession had taken 
place. In the event that the Employer sells all or substantially all of the assets of its business and the acquiror of 
such assets assumes the obligations hereunder, the Employer shall be released from any liability imposed 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
herein and shall have no obligation to provide any benefits payable hereunder. 

15. 

Non-Alienation of Benefits. 

The benefits payable under this Plan shall not be subject to alienation, transfer, assignment, 
garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, and any attempt to cause any benefits to be so subjected shall not 
be recognized. 

16. 

Amendment or Termination of Plan. 

The Board may amend this Plan from time to time in any respect, and may at any time terminate the 

Plan in its entirety. In the event of such termination, Participants shall receive no additional benefits hereunder 

and the vested portion of a Participant’s Account (if any) shall be paid in accordance with Section 5 hereof or in 
any other manner permitted by Section 409A of the Code as determined by the Board in its discretion, 
including, without limitation, as provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix). Any such action 

by the Board with respect to the Plan shall be binding on the Employer and Employee. Except as otherwise 
specifically provided herein, in no event shall any termination, amendment, or change to the Plan reduce the 
vested portion of a Participant’s Account (if any) as of the date of such termination, amendment, or change.  

17. 

Non-Exclusivity. 

The adoption of the Plan by the Employer shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the 

power of the Employer to adopt such other supplemental benefit arrangements as it deems desirable, and such 

arrangements may be either generally applicable or limited in application. 

18. 

Severability. 

Should any provisions of the Plan be deemed or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason, such fact 

shall not adversely affect the other provisions of the Plan unless such determination shall render impossible or 
impracticable the functioning of the Plan, and in such case, an appropriate provision or provisions shall be 
adopted so that the Plan may continue to function properly. 

19. 

Headings and Captions. 

The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only. They shall not be 

considered part of the Plan and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan. 

20. 

Governing Law. 

This Plan shall be construed, interpreted and governed by ERISA. To the extent not governed by 

ERISA, this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, (without regard to conflict of law 
provisions). 

21. 

Accounts and Records of the Plan. 

The Accounts and records of the Plan shall be maintained by the Committee and shall accurately 

reflect the value and status of the Account of each Participant in the Plan. Each Participant shall be advised 
from time to time as to the status of the Participant’s Account. 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. 

Section 409A of the Code. 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

General. Although there is no guarantee of the tax treatment relating to participation in the 
Plan or payment of a Participant’s Account, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan 
comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan 
shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or 
penalties under Section 409A of the Code (including, but not limited to, any correction under 
Section 409A of the Code that the Company, in its sole discretion, determines is necessary to 
effectuate such intent).  Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to amend the provisions 
of the Plan in its sole discretion at any time in order to avoid the imposition of an excise tax 
under Section 409A of the Code on any payments to be made hereunder, but shall be under 
no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Employer 
shall have any liability with regard to any failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and 
in no event shall the Company or any Employer be liable for any additional tax, interest, or 
penalty that may be imposed on a Participant by Section 409A of the Code. 

Payment Timing. Whenever the Plan specifies a payment period with reference to a number 
of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole 
discretion of the Company. 

Separation from Service. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, no 
amount deemed deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be payable 
pursuant to a Termination of Employment unless Participant’s Termination of Employment 
constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. 

 
 
	
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this document to be executed this 23 day of May, 2019. 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

By: 

/s/ Caryn Steinert                                           .                                                 
Caryn Steinert, VP –  Global Total Rewards 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. SUBSIDIARIES (1) 

Exhibit 21 

The following is a list of subsidiaries of Foot Locker, Inc. as of January 30, 2021, omitting some subsidiaries, 
which, considered in the aggregate, would not constitute a significant subsidiary. 

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation 
Ireland  
Netherlands  
Netherlands 
Singapore 

Name 
FL Finance (Europe) Limited  
FLE Holdings Coöperatief U.A. 
FLE Logistics B.V. 
Foot Locker Services Pte. Ltd. 
Foot Locker Artigos Desportivos e de Tempos Livres, Lda.   Portugal  
Foot Locker Asia Pte. Ltd. 
Foot Locker Australia, Inc.  
Foot Locker Austria GmbH  
Foot Locker Belgium BVBA  
Foot Locker Canada Co.  
Foot Locker Corporate Services, Inc.  
Foot Locker Czech Republic s.r.o. 
Foot Locker Denmark B.V. 
Foot Locker Europe B.V.  
Foot Locker Europe.com B.V. 
Foot Locker France S.A.S.  
Foot Locker Germany GmbH & Co. KG  
Foot Locker Greece Athletic Goods Ltd.  
Foot Locker Hong Kong Ltd. 
Foot Locker Hungary Kft.  
Foot Locker Italy S.r.l.  
Foot Locker Korea LLC.  
Foot Locker Macau 
Foot Locker Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 
Foot Locker Netherlands B.V.  
Foot Locker New Zealand, Inc.  
Foot Locker Norway B.V. 
Foot Locker Poland Sp. z o.o. 
Foot Locker Retail Ireland Limited  
Foot Locker Retail, Inc. 
Foot Locker Scandinavia B.V.  
Foot Locker Singapore Pte. Ltd. 
Foot Locker Sourcing, Inc.  
Foot Locker Spain S.L.  
Foot Locker Specialty, Inc.  
Foot Locker Stores, Inc.  
Foot Locker Switzerland LLC 
Freedom Sportsline Limited  
RPG.com GmbH 
Runners Point B.V. & Co. K.G. 
Runners Point Switzerland LLC 
Sidestep GmbH 
Team Edition Apparel, Inc.  

Singapore 
Delaware  
Austria  
Belgium  
Canada  
Delaware  
Czech Republic 
Netherlands 
Netherlands  
Netherlands 
France  
Germany  
Greece  
Hong Kong 
Hungary  
Italy 
South Korea  
Macau 
Malaysia 
Netherlands  
Delaware  
Netherlands 
Poland 
Ireland  
New York 
Netherlands  
Singapore 
Delaware  
Spain  
New York  
Delaware  
Switzerland  
United Kingdom  
Germany 
Germany 
Switzerland 
Germany 
Florida 

(1) 

Each subsidiary company is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by Foot Locker, Inc. All subsidiaries are consolidated 
with Foot Locker, Inc. for accounting and financial reporting purposes. 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors 
Foot Locker, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following registration statements of Foot Locker, Inc. and 
subsidiaries of our reports dated March 25, 2021, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Foot Locker, 
Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of 
operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year period ended January 30, 2021, and the related notes, and the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting as of January 30, 2021, which reports appear in the January 30, 2021 annual report on Form 
10-K of Foot Locker, Inc. 

Form S-8 No. 33-10783 
Form S-8 No. 33-91888 
Form S-8 No. 33-91886 
Form S-8 No. 33-97832 
Form S-8 No. 333-07215 
Form S-8 No. 333-21131 
Form S-8 No. 333-62425 
Form S-8 No. 333-33120 
Form S-8 No. 333-41056 
Form S-8 No. 333-41058 
Form S-8 No. 333-74688 
Form S-8 No. 333-99829 
Form S-8 No. 333-111222 
Form S-8 No. 333-121515 
Form S-8 No. 333-144044 
Form S-8 No. 333-149803 
Form S-3 No. 33-43334 
Form S-3 No. 33-86300 
Form S-3 No. 333-64930 
Form S-8 No. 333-167066 
Form S-8 No. 333-171523 
Form S-8 No. 333-190680 
Form S-8 No. 333-196899 

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the Company’s method of accounting 
for leases due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 
842, Leases. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
March 25, 2021 

 
 
	
 
I, Richard A. Johnson, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

Exhibit 31.1 

1.      I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Foot Locker, Inc. (the “Registrant”); 

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.     The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

   a) 

   designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

   b) 

   designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

   c) 

   evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, 
as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

   d) 

   disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, 
the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.     The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  Registrant’s  auditors  and  the  Audit  Committee  of  the 
Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

   a) 

   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

   b) 

    any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

March 25, 2021 

/s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Lauren B. Peters, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

Exhibit 31.2 

1.      I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Foot Locker, Inc. (the “Registrant”); 

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.     The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

   a) 

   designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

   b) 

   designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

   c) 

   evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, 
as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

   d) 

   disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, 
the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.     The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  Registrant’s  auditors  and  the  Audit  Committee  of  the 
Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

   a) 

   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

   b) 

    any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

March 25, 2021 

/s/ LAUREN B. PETERS 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Foot  Locker,  Inc.  (the  “Registrant”)  for  the  period  ended 
January 30, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard 
A.  Johnson,  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Registrant  and  Lauren  B.  Peters,  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the 
Registrant, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that: 

(1)    the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 

of 1934; and 

    (2)    the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 

and results of operations of the Registrant. 

Dated: March 25, 2021 

/s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON   
Richard A. Johnson  
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ LAUREN B. PETERS   
Lauren B. Peters 
Chief Financial Officer 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the 
Report or as a separate disclosure document. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
except to the extent that the company specifically incorporates it by reference. 

 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank.

EX EC UTIVE   
LE ADERSHIP 

Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer  

Lauren B. Peters 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

Andrew Gray 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Commercial Officer

Franklin R. Bracken
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Executive Officer –  
North America

Vijay Talwar
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Executive Officer – EMEA

W. Scott Martin
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Executive Officer – Asia Pacific
and Chief Strategy & Development 
Officer

Giovanna Cipriano
Senior Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer

Sheilagh M. Clarke 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Todd Greener 
Senior Vice President – Global  
Supply Chain

Elizabeth S. Norberg
Senior Vice President and
Chief Human Resources Officer

Himanshu Parikh
Senior Vice President and
Chief Information Officer

CORPO RATE   
LEAD ERSHIP 

James R. Lance 
Vice President, 
Corporate Finance and 
Investor Relations 

John A. Maurer 
Vice President, 
Treasurer 

Dennis E. Sheehan
Vice President and
Deputy General Counsel

DI VISIO NAL   
LEAD ERSHIP

Bryon Milburn
Senior Vice President and  
General Manager, Foot Locker and 
Kids Foot Locker 

Guy M. Harkless
Senior Vice President and  
General Manager,   
Champs Sports & Eastbay

Patrick Walsh 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Footaction

Richard McLeod
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Canada

Susie Kuhn 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Europe

Kick van der Staak
Vice President and General  
Manager, Sidestep 

Natalie Ellis 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Pacific

Tomas Petersson 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Asia 

CORPO RATE 
IN FORMATION

Corporate Headquarters
330 West 34th Street 
New York, New York 10001 
(212) 720-3700 

Worldwide Website 
Our website at www.footlocker-inc.com 
offers information about our Company, 
as well as online versions of our Form 
10-K, SEC reports, quarterly results, 
press releases, and corporate gover-
nance documents.   

Transfer Agent and Registrar 
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233 
(866) 857-2216 
(201) 680-6578 Outside U.S. and Canada 
(800) 952-9245 Hearing Impaired -TTY Phone 
www.computershare.com/investor  

Overnight correspondence  
should be sent to:  
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, Kentucky 40202 

Independent Registered Public  
Accounting Firm 
KPMG LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
(212) 758-9700

Dividend Reinvestment 
Dividends on Foot Locker, Inc. 
common stock may be reinvested 
through participation in the Dividend 
Reinvestment Program. Participating 
shareowners may also make optional 
cash purchases of Foot Locker, Inc. 
common stock. Please contact our 
Transfer Agent.

Service Marks and Trademarks
The service marks and tradmarks Foot 
Locker, Footaction, Lady Foot Locker, 
Kids Foot Locker, Champs Sports, 
footlocker.com, Eastbay, Team Edition, 
and Sidestep are owned by Foot Locker, 
Inc. or it’s affiliates. 

Investor Information 
Investor inquiries should be directed 
to the Investor Relations Department 
at  (212) 720-4600.

BO AR D O F   
DIREC TORS

Richard A. Johnson 1
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Maxine Clark 3, 5
Founder and Retired  
Chief Executive Bear 
Build-A-Bear Workshop, Inc.

Alan D. Feldman 3, 5
Retired Chairman,  
President and Chief  
Executive Officer
Midas, Inc.   

Guillermo G. Marmol 1, 2, 3
President 
Marmol & Associates

Matthew M. McKenna 1, 2, 5
Executive in Residence  
Georgetown University,  
McDonough School of Business;  
General Partner  
Open Prairie Rural Opportunities 
Fund, L.P.

Darlene Nicosia 2, 3 
President, Canada and Northeast U.S., 
North America Operating Unit,  
The Coca-Cola Company

Steven Oakland 1, 4, 5 
Chief Executive Officer and President
TreeHouse Foods, Inc.

Ulice Payne, Jr. 2, 4  
President and Managing Member 
Addison-Clifton, LLC

Kimberly K. Underhill 1, 3, 4
President, North America Consumer
Kimberly-Clark Corporation

Tristan Walker 4, 5 
Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Walker and Company Brands, Inc.

Dona D. Young 1, 2, 4   
Lead Director
Retired Chairman,  
President and Chief Executive Officer
The Phoenix Companies, Inc.

1   Member of Executive Committee

2   Member of Audit Committee

3   Member of Compensation and  

Management Resources Committee

4   Member of Nominating and  

Corporate Governance Committee

5   Member of Finance and Investment 

Oversight Committee

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
330 West 34th Street
New York, NY 10001

footlocker-inc.com

I N S P I R E   &   E M P OW E R